installation manual - ecosist information target group for this manual solar log1000/500/200...

374
g 1000/500/200 Installation 1 of 374 Installation manual

Upload: doanh

Post on 14-Apr-2018

224 views

Category:

Documents


7 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 1 of 374

Installation manual

Page 2: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Table of Contents

2 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Table of Contents

1 Safety information ............................................................................................................. 7

1.1 Target group for this manual ............................................................................................... 7

1.2 Hazard Classes ................................................................................................................... 7

1.3 Electric current .................................................................................................................... 8

2 Assembly instructions ...................................................................................................... 9

2.1 Package contents ................................................................................................................ 9

2.2 Wall mounted .................................................................................................................... 10

3 Unit connections ............................................................................................................. 12

3.1 Solar Log200, 500

.................................................................................................................. 12

3.2 Solar Log1000

...................................................................................................................... 13

3.3 RS485/422 B connection assignments (6 pin)................................................................... 15

3.4 RJ45 Configuration ............................................................................................................ 15

3.5 RJ11 Configuration ............................................................................................................ 16

3.6 Connection accessories .................................................................................................... 17

4 Connecting the inverters ................................................................................................ 18

4.1 Disconnecting the inverter and the Solar Log™ from power ............................................. 19

4.2 SMA .................................................................................................................................. 20

4.2.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................... 20

4.2.2 SMA connection using special RS485 piggyback card ...................................................... 21

4.2.3 Connect SMA with original SMA RS485 piggy back and the SMA-RS485 data module ... 24

4.2.4 SMA Bluetooth Operation .................................................................................................. 26

4.2.5 SMA Meter Connection Box .............................................................................................. 28

4.2.6 SMA Speedwire ................................................................................................................. 29

4.3 Kaco – Powador ................................................................................................................ 32

4.4 Kaco – PVI Blue Planet ..................................................................................................... 34

4.5 SolarMax – S, C and MT series......................................................................................... 35

4.6 SolarMax – Cx series ........................................................................................................ 37

4.7 SolarMax – E series .......................................................................................................... 39

4.8 Fronius with ComCard ....................................................................................................... 41

4.9 Fronius RL ......................................................................................................................... 43

4.10 Danfoss ............................................................................................................................. 45

4.11 Mitsubishi with RS485 interface ........................................................................................ 47

4.12 Power-One/Aurora ............................................................................................................ 49

4.13 Sunways – AT/NT/PT ........................................................................................................ 51

4.14 Vaillant – auroPOWER VPI /1 and VPI (RS485) ............................................................... 52

4.15 Solutronic SP25-55 (RS485) ............................................................................................. 54

4.16 Solutronic SP100, SP120 (RS485) .................................................................................... 56

4.17 Schüco SGI series (RS485) .............................................................................................. 57

4.18 REFUSOL ......................................................................................................................... 60

4.19 Kostal Pico and Solar factory Convert T inverter (RS485) ................................................ 64

4.20 Mastervolt (RS485) ........................................................................................................... 66

4.21 AEG PS ............................................................................................................................. 68

4.22 Eaton ................................................................................................................................. 70

4.23 Sunville .............................................................................................................................. 72

4.24 Riello ................................................................................................................................. 74

4.25 Diehl AKO with RS485 interface ........................................................................................ 76

4.26 Diehl H series .................................................................................................................... 78

4.27 Ingeteam ........................................................................................................................... 79

4.28 Voltwerk (only for Solar Log1000

) ........................................................................................ 81

4.29 Conergy (only Solar-Log1000

) ............................................................................................. 82

Page 3: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Table of Contents

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 3 of 374

4.30 Suntechnics (only Solar Log1000

) ........................................................................................ 84

4.31 Effekta ................................................................................................................................ 85

4.32 ALPHA-SOL ....................................................................................................................... 87

4.33 Europa-Solar AG ............................................................................................................... 89

4.34 Ever-Solar .......................................................................................................................... 91

4.35 Evoco ................................................................................................................................. 93

4.36 Powercom .......................................................................................................................... 94

4.37 SALICRU EQX ................................................................................................................... 97

4.38 SALICRU EQXLV .............................................................................................................. 99

4.39 Santerno .......................................................................................................................... 100

4.40 Schneider Electric SunEzy ............................................................................................... 102

4.41 Steca................................................................................................................................ 104

4.42 Steca ≥ 17 kW ................................................................................................................. 106

4.43 WINAICO ......................................................................................................................... 108

4.44 Delta (RS485) .................................................................................................................. 111

4.45 Sungrow ........................................................................................................................... 112

4.46 Sustainable Energy .......................................................................................................... 115

4.47 Motech (RS485) ............................................................................................................... 116

4.48 Zentral Solar Deutschland ZSD (RS485) ......................................................................... 118

4.49 AROS Solar Technology .................................................................................................. 119

4.50 General Electric inverters (GE) ........................................................................................ 121

4.51 Hyundai HPC-050HT-E and HPC-100HT-E ..................................................................... 122

4.52 Hyundai HPC-250HT-E.................................................................................................... 123

4.53 EKO Energy ..................................................................................................................... 125

4.54 Q3 (RS485) ...................................................................................................................... 126

4.55 Siemens ........................................................................................................................... 127

4.56 Albatech APL Trifase 15 / 20 ........................................................................................... 130

4.57 Albatech APL Monofase .................................................................................................. 133

4.58 Enfinity ............................................................................................................................. 134

4.59 Carlo Gavazzi .................................................................................................................. 136

4.60 Omron .............................................................................................................................. 137

4.61 Samil Power ..................................................................................................................... 139

4.62 Aten ................................................................................................................................. 140

4.63 Pairan .............................................................................................................................. 142

4.64 Schneider Electric Xantrex GT30E .................................................................................. 143

4.65 Schneider Electric Conext TL15000E and Conext TL20000E ......................................... 144

4.66 Eaton ............................................................................................................................... 145

4.67 Ginlong ............................................................................................................................ 147

4.68 Growatt ............................................................................................................................ 149

4.69 Oelmaier .......................................................................................................................... 151

4.70 AEG Protect ..................................................................................................................... 153

4.71 Helios Systems ................................................................................................................ 154

4.72 4.68 PV Powered – central inverter RS485 ..................................................................... 156

4.73 PV Powered string inverter .............................................................................................. 158

4.74 Valenia ............................................................................................................................. 159

4.75 Chint Power (CSP SC and CSP SCE to 20k) .................................................................. 161

4.76 Chint Power (CPS 20k+) .................................................................................................. 163

4.77 Chint Power Modbus........................................................................................................ 164

4.78 KLNE (Solartec and Sunteams) ....................................................................................... 166

4.79 ABB.................................................................................................................................. 167

4.75 ABB-Central Inverter ........................................................................................................ 170

4.76 Riverberi (EDI Series) ...................................................................................................... 171

4.77 GESOLAR ....................................................................................................................... 172

4.78 Trannergy ........................................................................................................................ 174

4.79 ZSD GmbH - zentralpower ............................................................................................... 176

4.80 Solar Edge ....................................................................................................................... 177

Page 4: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Table of Contents

4 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.81 Eltek ................................................................................................................................ 179

4.82 GMDE ............................................................................................................................. 181

4.83 GoodWe .......................................................................................................................... 183

4.84 CyberPower..................................................................................................................... 186

4.85 Yaskawa .......................................................................................................................... 187

4.86 G-Tec .............................................................................................................................. 189

4.87 Huawei ............................................................................................................................ 191

4.88 Solectria .......................................................................................................................... 192

5 Connecting accessories ............................................................................................... 195

5.1 Analog modem package (Solar Log1000

) .......................................................................... 195

5.2 Mobile phone package (Solar Log1000

) ............................................................................ 196

5.3 Sensor Box ...................................................................................................................... 197

5.3.1 Technical description ....................................................................................................... 197

5.4 Sensor basic.................................................................................................................... 199

5.5 Ripple-control receiver (only Solar Log™ PM+) .............................................................. 201

6 Other connections ......................................................................................................... 203

6.1 Large display (Solar Log500

, Solar Log1000

) ...................................................................... 203

6.2 Relay (only for Solar Log1000

) .......................................................................................... 204

6.3 External power meter ...................................................................................................... 205

6.4 Connection of alarm contact (Solar Log1000

) .................................................................... 208

7 Setting Up (Commissioning) ........................................................................................ 210

7.1 Connecting Solar Log™ to a network / PC ...................................................................... 210

7.2 Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log200

............................................................ 212

7.3 Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log500

............................................................ 215

7.4 Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log1000

........................................................... 216

7.5 LED display with Easy Installation ................................................................................... 217

7.6 Starting Easy Installation retroactively ............................................................................. 218

7.7 LED status display ........................................................................................................... 219

8 Configuration at a PC .................................................................................................... 220

8.1 Starting configuration ...................................................................................................... 220

8.2 Overview of "Configuration" menu navigation ................................................................. 221

8.3 Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan) ...................................................................... 222

8.4 Solar Log™ WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN) .................................................... 227

8.5 Solar Log1000

: Defining system groups (Basic / Plant Groups) ........................................ 229

8.6 Solar Log1000, 500

: Setting the inverter order (Basic / Inverter Order) ................................ 231

8.7 Solar Log1000, 500

: Re-detection after an inverter replacement (Basic /Inverter exchange) 233

8.8 Exchanging SMA inverters .............................................................................................. 235

8.9 Solar Log1000, 500, 200

: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter) ............................... 236

8.10 Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast) ............................................ 244

8.11 Configuring the data display graph (Basic/Graphics) ...................................................... 245

8.12 Plant information for the homepage and banners (Extended / Internet) .......................... 247

8.13 Configuring automatic data export (Extended / WEB export) ......................................... 249

8.14 Configuring e-mail messages (Extended / E-mail) .......................................................... 251

8.15 Configuring text messages (SMS) (Extended / SMS) ...................................................... 254

8.16 Setting fault messages (Extended / Malfunction) ........................................................... 256

8.17 Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management) ............. 257

8.17.1 Activating password protection ........................................................................................ 259

8.17.2 Setting up active power reduction ................................................................................... 260

8.17.3 "Deactivated" menu item ................................................................................................. 261

8.17.4 "Remote controlled" menu item (only Solar LogTM

PM+ models) .................................... 261

8.17.5 "70 percent fixed regulation" menu item .......................................................................... 264

8.17.6 "70 percent fixed regulation including consumption of self-produced power" menu item 265

Page 5: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Table of Contents

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 5 of 374

8.17.7 Menu Item Fixed Regulation with Current Consumption Withholding of X Percent ......... 266

8.17.8 Setting up reactive power control ..................................................................................... 267

8.17.9 "Deactivated" menu item .................................................................................................. 268

8.17.10 "Fixed value cos (Phi) shift factor" menu item .................................................................. 268

8.17.11 "Fixed reactive power in Var" menu item ......................................................................... 269

8.17.12 "Variable reactive power over characteristic curve Q(U)" menu item(only Solar Log1000

PM+) 274

8.17.13 Installing the Solar-Log™ Utility Meter (Janitza UMG 104) .............................................. 275

8.17.14 "Controllable shift factor cos (Phi)" menu item (only Solar-Log™ PM+) .......................... 281

8.17.15 Networking (only Solar Log1000

PM+) ............................................................................... 283

8.17.16 Diagnostic options for power management ...................................................................... 285

8.18 Setting automatic/manual data backups (Internal/Backup) ............................................. 286

8.19 Manual data corrections ................................................................................................... 288

8.20 Managing system settings (Internal / System) ................................................................ 290

8.21 Updating the firmware (Internal / Update) ....................................................................... 293

9 Solar Log500

: Configuration at the unit ......................................................................... 295

9.1 Working with the keypad and display ............................................................................... 295

9.2 Navigation overview ......................................................................................................... 296

9.3 Configuring system settings ("System" menu) ................................................................. 297

9.3.1 Setting the display language (System / Language) .......................................................... 297

9.3.2 Setting the date, time and currency format (System / Country) ....................................... 297

9.3.3 Adjusting the Date/Time (System / Date/Time) ................................................................ 297

9.3.4 Configuring a large display (System / Large display) ....................................................... 298

9.4 Configuring network settings ("Network" menu) ............................................................... 299

9.4.1 Obtain an IP address automatically (Network / Automatic) .............................................. 299

9.4.2 Setting an IP address manually (Network / Manual) ........................................................ 299

9.5 Configuring the inverter data ("Inverter" menu) ................................................................ 300

9.5.1 Inverter selection for Bluetooth (Inverter / Bluetooth) ....................................................... 300

9.5.2 Inverter selection on RS485/422 B interface (Inverter / RS485/422) ............................... 300

9.5.3 Configuring the power meter on the S0 input (Inverter / S0 meter) .................................. 301

9.5.4 Perform inverter detection (Inverter / Detection) .............................................................. 302

9.6 Configuring the Internet data ("Internet" menu) ............................................................... 303

9.6.1 Setting automatic data exports (Internet / Data export).................................................... 303

9.6.2 Setting the Internet gateway (Internet / Solar Log WEB) ................................................. 303

9.6.3 Server definition (Internet / Server) .................................................................................. 303

9.6.4 Entering a user name (Internet / User)............................................................................. 303

9.6.5 Setting a password (Internet / Password) ........................................................................ 304

9.6.6 Intervals for transferring data to the homepage (Internet / Interval) ................................. 304

9.6.7 Test transmission (Internet / Connection test) ................................................................. 304

9.7 Internal settings, deleting and PIN lock functions ("Internal" menu) ................................. 305

9.7.1 Reset (Internal / Reset) .................................................................................................... 305

9.7.2 PIN lock (Internal / PIN lock) ............................................................................................ 305

10 Solar Log1000

: Configuration at the unit ....................................................................... 306

10.1 Working with the touchscreen .......................................................................................... 306

10.1.1 Main menu – Configuration menu .................................................................................... 306

10.1.2 Control elements in the configuration dialog boxes ......................................................... 307

10.2 Overview of configuration menu navigation "Config." ...................................................... 310

10.3 Performing the initial configuration (Config. / Start / Initial configuration) ......................... 311

10.3.1 Time settings and IP address .......................................................................................... 311

10.3.2 Inverter selection ............................................................................................................. 312

10.3.3 Power meter on S0 input ................................................................................................. 313

10.4 Performing inverter detection (Config. / Start / Inverter detection) ................................... 314

10.5 Changing the network settings (Basic / Network) ............................................................ 315

10.5.1 Changing the network access .......................................................................................... 315

Page 6: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Table of Contents

6 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

10.5.2 Changing the DHCP settings........................................................................................... 316

10.5.3 Settings for analog modem.............................................................................................. 318

10.5.4 Settings for GPRS modem .............................................................................................. 319

10.6 Solar Log1000

WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN) .................................................. 321

10.7 Defining plant groups (Basic / Plant Groups) .................................................................. 323

10.8 Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter) ................................................................ 325

10.9 Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast) ............................................ 335

10.10 Plant information for the homepage (Internet / Basic settings) ........................................ 337

10.11 Configuring e-mail and text messages (SMS) (Internet / Email / SMS) ........................... 339

10.12 Setting up automatic data exports (Internet / WEB) ........................................................ 343

10.13 Configuring plant monitoring (Extended / Plant monitoring) ............................................ 344

10.14 Configuring the connection to the large display (Extended / Large display) .................... 345

10.15 Configuring alarm messages and signals for the alarm contact (Extended / Alarm contact)347

10.16 RS485 wireless communications package: Testing the connection (Extended / RS485

wireless package) .......................................................................................................................... 348

10.17 External switches - smart metering (Extended / External switches) ................................ 349

10.18 Making data corrections (Internal / Data correction) ........................................................ 350

10.19 Configuring the system internal settings (Internal / System) ........................................... 351

10.20 Updating firmware automatically or manually (Internal / Firmware) ................................. 354

10.21 Selecting a display language (System / Language settings) ........................................... 355

10.22 Country settings (Internal / Country setting) .................................................................... 356

11 Faults .............................................................................................................................. 357

11.1 Fault indications on the device LEDs .............................................................................. 357

11.2 Fault messages ............................................................................................................... 358

11.3 Inverter fault messages ................................................................................................... 362

11.4 Restarting and resetting .................................................................................................. 363

12 Disposal ......................................................................................................................... 365

13 Technical Data ............................................................................................................... 366

Appendix ...................................................................................................................................... 368

Internet ports ................................................................................................................................. 368

SMA mixed wiring .......................................................................................................................... 368

Interconnection of Kaco Powador inverters ................................................................................... 369

Homepage Service ........................................................................................................................ 370

List of figures ............................................................................................................................... 372

Page 7: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Safety information

Target group for this manual

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 7 of 374

1 Safety information

In order to protect people, the product itself, and other equipment, please pay

attention to the following before handling the product:

the content of this manual,

particularly the safety information,

the warning signs and type plates attached to the product.

1.1 Target group for this manual

This manual is intended for solar energy technicians and qualified electricians

who are installing a Solar Log200

, Solar Log500

or Solar Log1000

, wiring them up

to inverters, configuring them to operate in particular systems, and putting

them into operation.

All the actions described in this manual for wiring and working on inverters

must be carried out only by specially trained electricians. All repairs should

only be carried out by similarly trained personnel, or by the manufacturers

themselves.

1.2 Hazard Classes

The safety instructions in this document are represented with standard signs

and symbols. Two classes of risk are identified, depending on their probability

of occurrence and the seriousness of their consequences.

DANGER

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation to life

Non compliance with this warning can lead to severe and irreversible injuries or death

Caution

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation to people, or a risk of material damage

Non compliance with this warning can lead to irreversible injuries or to material

damage

Page 8: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Safety information

Electric current

8 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

1.3 Electric current

DANGER

Risk of death by electric shock if inverters are opened.

Never open the inverter housing when the inverter is connected to

power.

Switch inverters off Page 19.

Always read the installation and safety instructions given in the

manual for the corresponding inverter.

DANGER

Danger of death if there is condensation in the power supply unit when

started!

Condensation can occur if the power supply unit is moved directly from a cold

environment to a warm environment.

Wait until the temperatures have equalized before doing this.

Damage to the electrical components in inverters and on interface cards due

to electrostatic discharge.

Avoid contact with component connections and plug contacts.

Before picking up the component, ground yourself by holding the PE

or the unpainted part of the inverter housing.

Caution

Damage to the electronic components of the Solar Log™ when wiring the

Solar Log™!

Switch the Solar Log™; Page 19.

Caution

Risk of electric shock. Do not use the unit if the housing of the

external power supply unit is damaged. A damaged power supply unit

must be replaced by one of the same type and from the same

manufacturer in order to avoid danger.

Caution

The Solar LogTM

may only be used in closed rooms.

Page 9: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Assembly instructions

Package contents

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 9 of 374

2 Assembly instructions

2.1 Package contents

Check the package contents before proceeding to assembly and

installation. Report any damage or missing parts to the forwarding

agent immediately.

The unit is supplied with the following components:

Solar Log™ basic unit

2x cover panels to be fitted to the top and bottom of the unit to

protect the connections and reset button

Plug-in 12 V power supply unit

Terminal block connector for all connections; Page 17

4x wall plugs and screws for wall mounting

User manual on CD in PDF format

Page 10: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Assembly instructions

Wall mounted

10 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

2.2 Wall mounted

The unit is produced according to protection class IP20 and is intended

only for installation in interior areas that are dry and dust-free.

Suitable wall plugs and screws are supplied for wall mounting.

Please remember that there must be a plug and a mains socket

available near the Solar LogTM

.

Figure 1: Solar Log™ wall mounting

1 Put the housing where it is to be fitted and mark the drill holes.

The Solar LogTM

should be fitted in an easily accessible place.

2 Drill the holes and insert the wall plugs

Note Solar Log

1000 GPRS:

The SIM card should be inserted ( Page 14) before attaching the unit, as the

insertion slot will no longer be accessible after wall mounting.

1 2

3

4

5

6

Page 11: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Assembly instructions

Wall mounted

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 11 of 374

3 Fasten the housing with the screws

4 Using a file or a saw, clear the cable feed holes – on top and/or

bottom cover – by sawing or filing along the grooves.

(Top and bottom covers are identical.)

5 Plug all cable connectors to their connections

6 Attach the covers

Page 12: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Unit connections

Solar Log200, 500

12 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

3 Unit connections

3.1 Solar Log200, 500

Bottom connections

Figure 2: Connections to the bottom side of Solar Log200, 500

Label Function

RS485/422 B RS485 interface, 6 pin:

Connection to inverter, Sensor Box or

Connection to large display (Solar Log500

).

Assignment: Page 15.

Power 12 V 12 Volt DC voltage input (24 V DC max.)

Network Ethernet network interface, 10/100 Mbit

Top connection (Solar Log500)

Figure 3: S0 connection on the top of theSolar Log500

Label Function

S0 In/Out S0 pulse input for connection to an external power meter.

S0 pulse output for connection to an external large display.

Please note the connection characteristics of the SO

connection Page 366.

Page 13: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Unit connections

Solar Log1000

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 13 of 374

3.2 Solar Log1000

Bottom connections

Figure 4: Bottom Connections Solar Log1000

Label Function

Rel. Relay, for connecting external signals (max. 24V), 3 pin,

e.g. to connect rotating beacons etc.

RS485 A RS485 interface, 4 pin:

Connection to an inverter, Sensor Box or large display

(inactive if the optional Bluetooth interface is used)

RS485/422 B

RS485 interface, 6 pin:

Connection to inverter, Sensor Box or

connection to large display.

Assignment: Page 15.

Power 12 V 12 Volt DC voltage input (24 V DC max.)

Network Ethernet network interface, 10/100 Mbit

RS232 RS232 modem interface. Connection to GPRS modem

Top connections

Figure 5: Connections to the top of the Solar Log1000

Label Function

S0 In/Out S0 pulse input for connection to an external power meter.

S0 pulse output for connecting to a large external screen.

Please note the connection characteristics of the S0

connectionTechnical data

Alarm Connection for contact strip for anti-theft protection.

Transmission up to 5 km using optical cables

CAN CAN bus, connection to a Voltwerk, Conergy or

Suntechnics inverter.

USB USB host connection. Suitable for USB sticks

(Not suitable for connection to a PC!)

Page 14: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Unit connections

Solar Log1000

14 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Insertion slot for SIM card and antenna connection (Solar

Log1000 GPRS)

In addition to the connections on the Standard Solar Log1000

,

the Solar Log1000

GPRS model with integrated GPRS modem has an

insertion slot for the SIM card and a screw connection for a mobile

communications antenna.

1 Insert the SIM card in the slot on the rear right, inside the Solar

Log1000

GPRS.

Figure 6: Insertion slot for SIM card inside on the right (Solar Log1000

GPRS)

2 Screw the external antenna into the antenna connection on the

bottom of the unit.

Find a suitable position with good reception quality for the magnetic

base antenna. If necessary, check the reception first with a mobile

phone.

Figure 7: Antenna connection on the top of the unit (Solar Log1000

PM+ GPRS)

Page 15: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Unit connections

RS485/422 B connection assignments (6 pin)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 15 of 374

3.3 RS485/422 B connection assignments (6 pin)

The RS485/422 inverter B connection on the Solar Log™ is pre-set for

use with a Fronius/Eaton inverter, and is assigned as follows:

PIN RS485 A RS485/422 B RS422 (for Fronius/Eaton)

1 Data+ Data+ T/RX+

2 12 V 12 V 12V

3 Ground Ground Ground

4 Data- Data- T/RX-

5 R/TX+

6 R/TX-

The connection labels Data+/Data– are specific to the manufacturer

and may also be labeled A/B, or similar.

Green 6-pin terminal block connectors are supplied for connecting the

first inverter to the RS485/422 B interface of the Solar Log™.

3.4 RJ45 Configuration

Some inverter manufacturers use RJ45 jacks on their units.

RJ45 plug pin assignments

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

Page 16: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Unit connections

RJ11 Configuration

16 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Connect the RS485/422 B and/or the RS485 interface of the Solar

Log™ in accordance with the description on the relevant inverter.

3.5 RJ11 Configuration

Some inverter manufacturers use RJ11 jacks on their units.

RJ11 plug pin assignments

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ11 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Page 17: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Unit connections

Connection accessories

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 17 of 374

3.6 Connection accessories

Terminal block connectors, 6 pin

Two green 6 pin terminal block connectors for connection to

RS485/422 B

The terminals on the terminal block connectors supplied are numbered

serially from left to right.

Figure 8: 6 pin terminal block connector – for connecting the first inverter

Terminal block connector, 3-pin and 4-pin (only for the Solar

Log1000)

Other terminal block connectors are also supplied for the Solar-Log1000

:

2x green 3-pin terminal block connectors for connection to Rel.

or CAN

1x 4-pin terminal block connector for connection to RS485-A or

RS485/422 B. If connected to a RS485/422 B connection, the

terminal block should be aligned to the left!

Figure 9: Additional terminal block connectors (Solar Log1000

)

Connecting cables

The following connecting cables, which may be needed for various

purposes, are not included in the package content.

To connect a router, you need a network cable with the

appropriate length. If you want to connect the Solar-Log™

directly to your PC or laptop, you need to use a crossover cable.

Cable for connecting the Solar Log™ to an inverter.

Sets of prefabricated cables are available as accessories

suitable for the inverter concerned. The length of these cable

sets is 3 m.

If you want to connect other inverters to the Solar Log500

and

Solar Log1000

, you need suitable cables and connectors to

connect the inverters to each other.

For each connection to the Solar-Log™ (RS485A and

RS485/422B) a separate cable must be used.

Page 18: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Connection accessories

18 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

When wiring with CAT cables, the twisted pair of wires should be

used.

4 Connecting the inverters

As each inverter manufacture uses different wiring connections and

connectors, the corresponding data cables must be adapted correctly.

You will find the terminal strip block wiring diagram to connect

the inverters in table form in the following sections on connecting

inverters.

For assignment of the RS485/422 B connection to the

Solar Log™, see Page15.

Note

Solare Datensysteme GmbH supplies suitable connection cables for most

inverter manufacturers.

Always read the manufacturer-specific instructions for connecting the

data cable. You will find these instructions in the manufacturer's

documentation.

However, when assigning the inverter wiring on the Solar Log™

(RS485/422 B connection), follow the instructions in this manual,

otherwise the inverters will not be detected by Solar Log™.

DANGER

Risk of death by electric shock if inverters are opened.

Never open the inverter housing when the inverter is connected to

power.

Switch inverters off Page 19.

Always read the installation and safety instructions given in the

manual for the corresponding inverter.

Any work on inverters must only be carried out by trained electricians.

Caution

Damage to the electrical components in inverters and on interface cards due

to electrostatic discharge.

Avoid contact with component connections and plug contacts.

Before picking up the component, ground yourself by holding the PE

or the unpainted part of the inverter housing.

Caution

Damage to the electronic components of the Solar Log™ when wiring the

Solar Log™!

Switch the Solar Log™; Page 19

Page 19: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Disconnecting the inverter and the Solar Log™ from power

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 19 of 374

4.1 Disconnecting the inverter and the Solar Log™ from power

Switching inverters off

Before a making a cable connection between the Solar Log™ and the

connections inside the inverter and before installing an interface card in

the inverter, always turn off all of the inverters first.

To do this, read the manufacturer's documentation for the inverter, and

proceed as follows:

1 Disconnect the AC side,

2 Disconnect the DC side,

3 Wait at least 5 minutes until the condensers in the inverters have

discharged.

Switching the Solar Log™ off

Remove the power plug from the socket or the "Power 12 V" jack on

the Solar Log™.

Page 20: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

20 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.2 SMA

4.2.1 Overview

SMA inverters do not have an integrated RS485 interface.

However, the following RS485 interfaces can be retrofitted

to SMA inverters:

Special RS485 piggyback card (by Solare Datensysteme GmbH)

Original SMA RS485 piggyback card (by SMA)

Both piggyback cards can be installed in "Sunny Boy" inverters (except

for 3000/4000/5000TL-20 next generation) or "Sunny Mini Central" by

SMA. The SMA RS485 data module is required for the SMA -20 and

Tripower inverters.

Special RS485 piggyback card

Only to be used with Solar Log™ devices.

Piggyback mixed mode

Inverters with special RS485 piggybacks and original SMA piggybacks

or data modules can be used together.

A diagram for wiring in SMA combined mode can be found in the

appendix; Page 368.

SMA Bluetooth mode

The Solar Log™ BT model is compatible with Bluetooth enabled SMA

inverters. The Solar Log500

BT and Solar Log1000

BT models allow mixed

mode operation (Bluetooth with RS485). Up to 7 SMA inverters can be

connected.

Note

For exchanging SMA invertres read Page 235 .

Page 21: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 21 of 374

4.2.2 SMA connection using special RS485 piggyback card

Overview

Interface not integrated; retrofit the special RS485 piggyback

card

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter on the

piggyback

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

4 pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the special RS485 piggyback in inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the special RS485 piggyback in inverters

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Insert the piggyback card on the inverter's control board with the

lower terminal strip aligned to the left (Figure 10, left).

The word "bottom" printed on the control board must be visible on

the bottom left (Figure 10, right).

Figure 10: Control board before and after installation of the piggyback

Page 22: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

22 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

– ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

– self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 2

2 3

3 5

4 7

3 Pull the wire in the inverter through the insulation sleeve attached to

the piggy back.

The wire must be enclosed in the insulating hose inside the inverter.

4 Ground the connection Connect terminal 5 on the inverter to the

inverter housing using the supplied flat strip connector.

5 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Put the supplied jumper onto the lower pins on the connector strip.

Figure 11: Piggyback - insert jumper

6 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 23: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 23 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable (e.g. a 25 m ring

cable, Solare Datensysteme order no. 220014)

Where to connect: Terminal block in inverter (on the retrofitted

RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Pull the wire in the inverter through the insulation tube that is

attached to the piggy back.

The wire must be encased in the insulation tube inside all inverters.

2 Connect all 4 contacts (2, 3, 5, 7) on the terminal strip of inverter 1 to

inverter 2.

Note

A diagram for wiring in SMA combined mode can be found in the appendix;

Page 368.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Put the supplied jumper onto the lower pins on the connector strip.

5 Close inverters.

Page 24: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

24 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.2.3 Connect SMA with original SMA RS485 piggy back and the SMA-RS485

data module

Overview

Interface not integrated; retrofit the SMA RS485 piggyback card

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter on the

piggyback

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

3 pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Installing the original SMA RS485 piggyback in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the original SMA RS485 piggyback in the inverter

Procedure

Install the original SMA RS485 piggy back in the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 Pull the cable through the insulation tube.

Note

The wire must be enclosed in the insulating hose inside the inverter.

4 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 2

3 5

4 7

Page 25: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 25 of 374

5 Ground the connection Connect terminal 5 on the inverter to the

inverter housing using the supplied flat strip connector.

6 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Put the supplied jumper onto the lower pins on the connector strip:

7 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

8 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

Connect using a 3 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal block in inverter (on the retrofitted

RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect the inverter in accordance with the inverter installation

instructions.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Put the supplied jumper onto the lower pins on the connector strip:

4 Close inverters.

Note

A diagram for wiring in SMA combined mode can be found in the appendix;

Page 368.

Page 26: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

26 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.2.4 SMA Bluetooth Operation

Bluetooth operation is only possible when an optional Bluetooth module

is installed inside the Solar-Log™.

Bluetooth operation is only possible with the Solar-Log™

BT models. All

SMA Bluetooth inverters are supported, also Bluetooth Piggy Backs.

Overview

All SMA Bluetooth Piggy Backs are supported

Parallel operation with SMA-SunnyBeam-Bluetooth is not

possible.

Solar-Log1000

and Solar-Log500

:

Maximum of 7 SMA Bluetooth inverters can be logged

Connection of further inverter manufacturers is possible.

Bluetooth settings on the Solar-Log™

The Solar-Log™ supports both the "Direct Connection" as well

as the "Mesh Connection" modes.

For the models of the series R2 only "networked connection" are

available.

Direct Connection: The Solar-Log™ establishes a direct

connection to each individual inverter. This requires that all

inverters be within range of the Solar-Log™. The NET-ID needs

to be set both on the inverter as well as on the Solar-Log™ to

the value 1.

Mesh Connection (Recommended): the Solar-Log™

establishes connection with an inverter that transfers the signal

farther. The range of the Bluetooth can be hereby increased. To

use this mode, select at least the NET-ID 2 both on the inverter

as well as on the Solar-Log™. The NET-ID must be the same on

both the Solar-Log™ as well as on the inverter.

Bluetooth addressing on the inverter

Setting: By way of rotary switch on the inverter

For more detailed information, please consult the inverter user

manual.

Bluetooth detection

Perform the initial Bluetooth detection within the same room

where the inverter is mounted to eliminate the possibility of

being out of range

Afterward, test the Bluetooth connection from a broader distance. The range of

the Bluetooth is a maximum of 50 m in an open field.

Note

The preset user name and password in the inverter cannot be modified.

Page 27: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 27 of 374

Otherwise inverter detection and communication with the inverter are not

possible.

Page 28: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

28 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.2.5 SMA Meter Connection Box

An energy meter with S0 output can be connected to the SMA Meter

Connection Box. The Meter Connection Box then converts the S0 signal to the

RS485 Bus.

The Meter Connection Box is connected to the RS485 socket the same way as

with the SMA inverter (Page 24). In the course of the inverter detection, the

Box is recognized as an inverter - SMA is to be selected.

The configuration is done in the Configuration // Basis // Inverter menu.

Configuration of the SMA Meter Connection Box

Procedure

Perform detection

Select the respective number

Enter the generator power

Enter the pulse factor

Select the type of power meter

Save

Page 29: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 29 of 374

4.2.6 SMA Speedwire

Overview

The Speedwire interface can be already integrated or retrofitted

The IP address of the inverter must be assigned

Connected using network cable (patch cable) and Ethernet

router or switch

Working procedure:

• Set IP addresses fix on the inverters

• Shut down both inverters and Solar Log™ completely;

Page 19

• Connect the 1st inverter to the Solar-Log™ (RJ45)

• Connect the inverter among themselves (RJ45)

Retrofitting the inverters with the SMA-Speedwire retrofit

module

Procedure

Install the Speedwire module into the inverter according to the

installation instruction of the interface card

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™ by cable

The connection is made with a

network cable (patch cable) and the

Ethernet router or switch.

Procedure

1 Open up the inverter housing as instructed by the inverter manual

2 Pull the LAN cable through the respective cable aperture of the

inverter and connect the cable to the Speedwire interface card

3 Close the housing of the inverter if no further inverters are to be

connected

4 Plug the LAN cable into the RJ45 (Ethernet) plug of the Solar-Log™

Connect the inverters among themselves by cable

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

The inverters are connected to each other via the RJ45 interface or

eventually a router/switch.

The explanations in the inverter manual are to be followed closely in

making the connections.

Page 30: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

30 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Assigning the IP addresses

A static or fix IP address must be assigned to the inverter. The

default setting is usual set to automatic assignment. Consult the

inverter user manual for more detailed information.

Please choose an IP address from the same sub-network as the

Solar-Log™

Example: the Solar-Log™ has IP 192.168.178.49

The inverter must have in this case an IP address from the

sector 192.168.178.xxx (xxx stands for a number between 2 –

254)

Procedure: According to the inverter user manual

Detection

To make the detection with the Solar-Log200 choose the

inverter manufacturer "SMA" under the item "Inverters at

Network (Ethernet)" to be found in the menu selection

"Configuration // Start // Start config." and confirm the selection

with "Save”.

Detection by the Solar-Log200

Page 31: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SMA

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 31 of 374

The detection requires ca. 5 minutes and is completed by a re-

boot of the Solar-Log200. After the reboot, the inverter is

available and can be configured.

On the Solar-Log500/1000

the detection is started via the display.

To detect the Speedwire interface, select the manufacturer SMA

under the menu item "Network" and start the detectioon.

Power management

The power management and the reactive power management

has also been made available to you via the Speedwire

communications. Please note that this requires making settings

on the inverter by means of software from the inverter

manufacturer. Please refer to the inverter user manual for more

detailed information.

Notice

Please make special note of the instructions from the manufacturer’s

installation manual with regard to the configuration of the IP address.

Notice

The retrofit modules of the SMA Speedwire have 2 netzwork plugs that

connect to the bus..

On the integerated Speedwire interfaces, however, you will find only one plug

available for each inverter. Therefore, to install multiple inverters or to connect

to the Internet via the Ethernet (RJ45) interface of the Solar-Log™, a router or

a switch is required.

Page 32: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Kaco – Powador

32 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.3 Kaco – Powador

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Note

Wiring instructions and diagram for Interconnection of Kaco Powador

inverters Interconnection of Kaco Powador inverters can be found in the

Appendix; Page 369.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

partly made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 B

4 A

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Series 2 Powador: Set the DIP switch inside the inverter to ON

and all other inverters to OFF.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 33: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Kaco – Powador

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 33 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

The RS485 connections on the terminal strip are each double

connections so that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

1 Connect the data cable to the free terminals A and B of inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the cable into terminals A and B of inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter:

Series 2 Powador: Set the DIP switch inside the inverter to ON

and all other inverters to OFF.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Note

The 25000xi - 33000xi Kaco inverter models are shown as 3 independent

inverters in the Solar Log™. If, for example, such inverters are available, give

them addresses 1 and 2. In the Solar Log™ the inverters will be shown

internally as 1.1 / 1.2 - 2.1 / 2.2 etc.

Page 34: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Kaco – PVI Blue Planet

34 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.4 Kaco – PVI Blue Planet

Overview

The Solar Log™ only works with Kaco Blue Planet inverters that

have an RS485 interface. The RS232 interface is not supported.

RS232 models: RS485 interface can be retrofitted by the

manufacturer.

RS485 models: Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

partly fabricated data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 B

4 A

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

In the inverter connect the free terminal A to terminal B using the

supplied 330 Ω terminating resistor.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 35: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SolarMax – S, C and MT series

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 35 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

The RS485 connections on the terminal strip are each double

connections so that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect the data cable to the free terminals A and B of inverter 1.

3 Insert the other end of the cable into terminals A and B of inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter:

Connect the free terminal A to terminal B using the supplied 330 Ω

terminating resistor.

6 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the DIP switch inside the inverter.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.5 SolarMax – S, C and MT series

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

6 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Page 36: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SolarMax – S, C and MT series

36 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made RS485 data cable with RJ45 plug and terminal block

connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

2 1

2 2

3 3

3 4

5 – not used -

6 – not used -

4 8

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using the RS485 data cable with an RJ45 plug.

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

Page 37: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SolarMax – Cx series

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 37 of 374

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into the free RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Notes

The inverter's factory setting is communication address 255.

On the inverter operating display set the communication address

manually to 1 even if only one inverter is connected to the Solar

Log™.

S series:

When setting the communication address on the inverter display only

the RS485 interface must be activated (set at the factory), not the

Ethernet interface that is also installed in the inverter.

4.6 SolarMax – Cx series

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

6 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Page 38: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SolarMax – Cx series

38 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection using RS485 data cable with RJ45

plug and terminal block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar-Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram:

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

2 1

2 2

3 3

3 4

5 – not used -

6 – not used -

4 8

3 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

4 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 39: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SolarMax – E series

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 39 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 socket inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.7 SolarMax – E series

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

6 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Page 40: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SolarMax – E series

40 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection using RS485 data cable, RJ45 plug

and terminal block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

2 1

2 2

3 3

3 4

5 – not used -

6 – not used -

4 8

3 Run the wire from the Solar Log™ to inverter 1 through the hole for

the wire on the bottom of the unit.

4 In the inverter insert the RJ45 plug into the "RS-485 out" socket.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 41: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Fronius with ComCard

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 41 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using the RS485 data cable with an RJ45 plug

Where to connect: RJ45 socket inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Run the wire from inverter 1 to inverter 2 through the hole for the

wire on the bottom of the unit.

3 Insert the RJ45 plug into the "RS485 in" socket in inverter 1.

4 Insert the other end of the cable with the RJ45 plug into the "RS485

out" socket in inverter.

5 Connect the other inverters using the "RS-485 in" and "RS485 out"

sockets.

Two cables will be run through each inverter.

6 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.8 Fronius with ComCard

Overview

The Fronius ComCard RS422 interface integrated as an option;

otherwise can be retrofitted using "ComCard retrofit".

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

4 wire cabling with 6 pin terminal block connector

Communication address must be allocated.

– Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

– Setting: Using the inverter operating display

– Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• (Install Fronius ComCard RS485 interface into the inverter).

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Page 42: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Fronius with ComCard

42 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Installing Fronius ComCard RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the Fronius ComCard RS485 interface in the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made Fronius data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made data cable with RJ45 plug and 6 pin terminal block

connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect inverters via the RS485/422 B Solar-Log™

interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 4

4 5

5 3

6 6

2 In the inverter insert the RJ45 plug into the IN socket.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

On the inverter insert the supplied connection plug into the RJ45

OUT socket.

The connection plug is an 8 pin RJ45 dummy plug with bypassed

wires: Wires 3 and 4 bypassed and wires 5 and 6 bypassed.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B-socket

Page 43: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Fronius RL

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 43 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug in inverter 1 into the OUT socket.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into the IN socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter:

Insert the supplied connection plug into the RJ45 OUT socket.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B-socket

6 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

4.9 Fronius RL

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Round socket on inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

Page 44: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Fronius RL

44 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

self-made cable connection with the round plug and the terminal

strip plug (Page 17).

The round plug must be obtained from the manufacturer.

Procedure

1. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Connection socket view

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B Round socket

1 1 Data +

3 2 user the cable shield

4 3 Data -

2. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Round socket on inverter.

Procedure

1. self-made cable connection with round plug and a terminal

block plug (Page 17).

2. Also connect the cable to the next inverter in round plug 1.

3. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Page 45: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Danfoss

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 45 of 374

4.10 Danfoss

Overview

Supports devices from the manufacturer Danfoss: UniLynx and

TripleLynx

UniLynx types: integrated interface as of February 2007

TripleLynx types: Interface integrated

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets on the right on the side

cover.

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

4 pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made RJ45 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17)

Caution

The Master Mode has to be deactivated in the Pro series devices. See the

manufacturer's manual for more detailed instructions.

Page 46: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Danfoss

46 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram:

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 6

3 1

3 2

4 3

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket on the inverter.

The connection plug is an 8 pin RJ45 dummy plug with bypassed

wires: Wires 3 and 4 bypassed and wires 5 and 6 bypassed.

4 Screw the inverter cover on again.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500, Solar

Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets on the right on the side

cover.

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket.

6 Screw the inverter cover on again.

Page 47: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Mitsubishi with RS485 interface

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 47 of 374

4.11 Mitsubishi with RS485 interface

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: 2 RJ11 sockets inside the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made RJ11 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RJ11 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

1 Unscrew the front plate of the inverter as shown in the inverter's

instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ11 Inverter

Terminal PIN

1 3

4 4

3 Insert the RJ11 plug into any RJ11 socket on the first inverter.

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

In the inverter, set the DIP switch for the terminal resistor to ON.

5 Screw the front plate inverter on again if no other inverters are to be

connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 48: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Mitsubishi with RS485 interface

48 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a data cable with an RJ11 plug.

Where to connect: 2 RJ11 sockets at the bottom left inside the

inverter.

Procedure

1 Unscrew the front plate of the inverter as shown in the

inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ11 plug into any RJ11 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ11 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

Set the DIP switch for the terminal resistor to ON.

6 Screw the inverter front plate on again.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 49: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Power-One/Aurora

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 49 of 374

4.12 Power-One/Aurora

Overview

Interface integrated

Sometimes different interfaces are used for indoor and outdoor

models.

Where to connect: RS485 terminal strips inside the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made Power One data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip (Outdoor)

Terminal Terminal

1 +T/R

3 RTN (GND)

4 -T/R

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

In the inverter, set the DIP switch for the terminal resistor to ON.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 3 pin, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: RS485 terminal strips inside the inverter

Page 50: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Power-One/Aurora

50 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals +T/R, -T/R and RTN of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter:

Set the DIP switch for the terminal resistor to ON.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering from Solar Log™,

starting from 2 (not 1!).

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 51: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sunways – AT/NT/PT

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 51 of 374

4.13 Sunways – AT/NT/PT

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

– 750 V models: 4 RS485 terminals on 10 pin terminal strip

– 850 V models: 4 pin RS485 terminal strip

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made Sunways data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 RS485+

4 RS485-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Set the supplied jumper JP In the inverter.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 52: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Vaillant – auroPOWER VPI /1 and VPI (RS485)

52 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

– 750 V models: 4 RS485 terminals on 10 pin terminal strip

– 850 V models: 4 pin RS485 terminal strip

The RS485 connections on the terminal strip are each double

connections so that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals RS485+ and RS485- on all inverters to the two

data cable wires in accordance with the inverter instructions.

3 Terminate in the last inverter: Set the supplied jumper JP.

4 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.14 Vaillant – auroPOWER VPI /1 and VPI (RS485)

Overview

VPI until 2005 RS485 interface can be retrofitted by the

manufacturer. Interface integrated - activate using

operating display.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Models until 2005 Retrofit RS485 interface

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Page 53: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Vaillant – auroPOWER VPI /1 and VPI (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 53 of 374

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 B

4 A

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

In the inverter connect the free terminal A to terminal B using the

supplied 330 Ω terminating resistor.

Units without transformers: From unit generation VPI xx00 /2 the 330

Ω resistor is switched on using the DIP switch. When the unit is

delivered the terminal resistor is switched on.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

The RS485 connections on the terminal strip are each double

connections so that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminal A on inverter 1 to terminal A on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter: In the inverter connect the free

terminal A to terminal B using the supplied 330 Ω terminating

resistor.

Page 54: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solutronic SP25-55 (RS485)

54 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Units without transformers: From unit generation VPI xx00 /2 the 330

Ω resistor is switched on using the DIP switch. When the unit is

delivered the terminal resistor is switched on.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting:

Units without transformers: using the DIP switch inside the

inverter

Units with transformers: using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

4.15 Solutronic SP25-55 (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip on the outside of the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

All inverters must be fitted with firmware version 1.2.39 or later.

Inverters must be grounded otherwise this could lead to

problems with inverter detection.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Page 55: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solutronic SP25-55 (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 55 of 374

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 Pin 1 RS485-A

3 Pin 3 GND

4 Pin 2 RS485-B

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

You will find detailed instructions for setting the inverters on the

Solutronic website.

3 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500, Solar

Log1000)

Connect using a 3 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip on the outside of the inverter

Procedure

1 Insert the plug into the X2 socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into the X2 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

You will find detailed instructions for setting the inverters on the

Solutronic website.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Suing the inverter's control panel (starting with inverter

firmware 2.62 parameter 89 and parameter 230 for older

firmware versions):

In addition, set the COM port to Protocol 1 - Solutronic protocol

(parameter 265).

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Note

To regulate active and reactive power, all of the inverters need to

be set to fixed cos Phi acouading to the manufacurer manual:

Page 56: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solutronic SP100, SP120 (RS485)

56 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.16 Solutronic SP100, SP120 (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Round pin plug on the outside of the inverter.

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

All inverters must be fitted with firmware version 1.2.39 or later.

Inverters must be grounded otherwise this could lead to

problems with inverter detection.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 2 - Data +

3 3 - Ground

4 4 – Data -

2 Terminate pin 1 on the terminal block connector and pin 4 on the

Solar LogTM

using the 120 Ω terminal resistor.

3 Terminate on the inverter in accordance with the manufacturer's

handbook.

4 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 57: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schüco SGI series (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 57 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connection in the master-slave data network using an 1:1 cable

with M12 plug connector (available as an optional extra from

Solutronic)

Sockets X6 and X7 are connected to each other electrically.

Where to connect: Round pin plug on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the plug into the X6 socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into the X7 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the manufacturer's

handbook.

Allocate communication address

Setting: Using the inverter's control panel, parameter 89 in the

communication menu.

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Set this in the SSP address menu item.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Note

To regulate active and reactive power, all of the inverters need to

be set to fixed cos Phi acouading to the manufacurer manual:

4.17 Schüco SGI series (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the bottom of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

Page 58: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schüco SGI series (RS485)

58 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RJ5 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

4 3 (A)

1 6 (B)

2 Open the unit cover on the bottom of the inverter.

3 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert the IP20 terminal plug into a free RJ45 socket (not strictly

required for cables up to 100 m long).

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

6 Close the unit cover on the bottom of the inverter.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the bottom of the inverter

Procedure

1 Open the unit cover on the bottom of the inverter.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the IP20 terminal plug into a free RJ45 socket (not strictly

required for cables up to 100 m long).

6 Close the unit cover on the bottom of the inverter.

Page 59: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schüco SGI series (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 59 of 374

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 60: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

REFUSOL

60 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.18 REFUSOL

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the bottom of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Instructions for older Solar Log™/ Refu installations

Set compatibility Page 62

Note

To use active and reactive power regulation, all of the inverters

need to be set to:

Protocol 1

57600 baud

Parameter 1164 = 2

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RS485 inverter socket

Terminal PIN

1 2

4 3

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

On the sockets "RS485 OUT" with REFUSOL round plugs bypass

the connections PIN1 to PIN2 and PIN3 to PIN4.

3 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 61: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

REFUSOL

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 61 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using

– an 2 wire shielded data cable and

– 4 pin "SACC-M12MS-4SC" plugs (2 supplied with the inverter).

Where to connect: RS485 sockets on the bottom of the inverter.

The RS485 IN and OUT sockets are each double connections so

that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

1 Connect the data cable to the "SACC-M12MS-4SC" plug as shown

in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert one plug into the OUT (X14B) socket of inverter 1.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into the IN socket (X15B) on inverter

2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

On the sockets "RS485 OUT" with REFUSOL round plugs bypass

the connections PIN1 to PIN2 and PIN3 to PIN4.

6 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1;

highest possible address: 31.

Set the following parameters on the inverter's operating display:

1 Press "F1", select Numerical list, press "ENTER".

2 Set parameter number 2000 [password protection],

press "ENTER" twice.

3 Enter 72555, press "ENTER"

4 Set parameter number 0406, press "ENTER"

5 Select sub parameter 0406,3, press "ENTER"

6 Enter figure for communication x

[x = continuous numbering starting with 1; highest possible address:

31], press "ENTER". 31], press "ENTER".

After configuring on the display:

1 Using the installed DC isolating switch turn the inverters on and off

briefly so that the settings are activated.

2 Set the date and time on the inverter as shown in the inverter

instructions.

Page 62: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

REFUSOL

62 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Older Solar Log™ / Refu installations: Set compatibility

With earlier Solar Log™ / Refu installations, the inverter had to be set

with additional parameters for Solar Log™ compatibility. This is only still

necessary if an inverter has been replaced because it was faulty or if

the system is extended. In these cases the new inverters must also be

provided with the extended parameters again.

The extended parameters are only available starting from inverter

firmware version 800.2.20 or higher. The firmware version can be

checked on the inverter menu:

"F1" / Numerical list / Parameters 1.1 to 1.3

Current firmware versions and update instructions can be found at

www.refu-elektronik.de.

Set the following parameters on the inverter's operating display:

1 Press "F1"

2 Select Numerical list, press "ENTER".

3 Set parameter number 0407, press "ENTER"

4 Select sub parameter 0407,3, press "ENTER"

5 Enter "2" [Communication type RS485: Solarlog], press

"ENTER".31], press "ENTER".

6 Set parameter number 0420, press "ENTER"

7 Select sub parameter 0420,3, press "ENTER"

8 Enter 9600, press "ENTER"

9 Using the installed DC isolating switch turn the inverters on and off

briefly so that the settings are activated.

Note:

The numerical value "2" under point 5 in the settings refers to the old Solar-

Log protocol and the value "1" to the native protocol for active and reactive

power control.

The value under point 8 refers to the inverter's baud rate and is 9600 for the

old Solar-Log protocol and 57600 for the native protocol.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

Note

To use reactive power, all of the inverters need to be set to:

Protocol 1

Page 63: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

REFUSOL

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 63 of 374

57600 baud

Parameter 1164 = 2

Page 64: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Kostal Pico and Solar factory Convert T inverter (RS485)

64 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.19 Kostal Pico and Solar factory Convert T inverter (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Multi-string technology

Pico / Convert inverters are fitted with several MPP trackers: Each

string input is monitored separately and ideally adjusted to the

connected modules.

Depending on any parallel connections inside the inverter the Solar

Log™ can read the data from up to 3 individual strings.

During the inverter detection, the Solar LogTM

automatically detects

how many MPP trackers are active; only the active MPP trackers are

displayed. The inverter must be feeding data in for successful

detection.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 A

3 GND

4 B

Page 65: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Kostal Pico and Solar factory Convert T inverter (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 65 of 374

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 3 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals A, B and GND of inverter 1 to the corresponding

terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 66: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Mastervolt (RS485)

66 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.20 Mastervolt (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 plug outside the housing floor.

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

Mastervolt inverters are fitted with 1 or 2 MPP trackers depending on

the model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules. Some inverters are also divided

internally into 2 or even 3 individual inverters. For example, the

QS6400 is recognized as 2 inverters each with 2 strings, an XL 15

as 3 independent XL5000s.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made Mastervolt data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 plug and terminal block

connector (Page 17).

Page 67: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Mastervolt (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 67 of 374

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram:

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 4

4 3

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 plug outside the housing floor

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 68: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

AEG PS

68 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.21 AEG PS

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B-connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

AEG inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending on the

model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 69: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

AEG PS

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 69 of 374

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 70: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Eaton

70 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.22 Eaton

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

Eaton inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending on the

model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 71: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Eaton

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 71 of 374

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter's

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 72: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sunville

72 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.23 Sunville

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

The Sunville inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending

on the model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 73: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sunville

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 73 of 374

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Close inverters.

Page 74: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Riello

74 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.24 Riello

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

Riello inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending on the

model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 75: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Riello

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 75 of 374

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 76: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Diehl AKO with RS485 interface

76 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.25 Diehl AKO with RS485 interface

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the bottom of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RJ5 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 PIN 6 (A)

4 PIN 3 (B)

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 77: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Diehl AKO with RS485 interface

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 77 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the bottom of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter's

instructions.

Page 78: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Diehl H series

78 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.26 Diehl H series

Overview

Integrated interface

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

2-pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™ (Page 19)

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Configure the inverter's communication interface

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 B (Data +)

4 A (Data -)

2 If only one inverter is to be connected, terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

3 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

Connect the inverters to each other

via the RS485 interface. The set up for the connections is explained in

the inverter manufacturer's manual.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Page 79: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Ingeteam

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 79 of 374

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Subsequent configuration

Activate the RS485 interface via the inverter's operating display.

Note

Pay particular attention to the instructions in the installation manual regarding

the address types, activating the communication interface and the

master/slave mode.

4.27 Ingeteam

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Installing the RS485 interface

In the 8-pin connection socket, insert the appropriate plug (Phoenix

plug type: FKCT 2.5/8-ST) with RS485 wiring.

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Page 80: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Ingeteam

80 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 Pin 1 RS485 A (+)

3 Pin 6 GND

4 Pin 2 RS485 B (-)

4 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert jumper JP3 into the RS485 card.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 3 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface)

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals "Pin 1-RS485-A (+)", "Pin 6-GND" and "Pin 2-

RS485-B (-)" of inverter 1 to the corresponding terminals on inverter

2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert jumper JP3 into the RS485 card.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 81: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Voltwerk (only for Solar Log1000)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 81 of 374

4.28 Voltwerk (only for Solar Log1000)

Note

Voltwerk inverters can only be connected to the Solar Log1000

, as

only this one has a CAN interface.

The following description relates to inverters without transformers

produced in or after 2007.

Overview

CAN only be used on Solar Log1000

(CAN interface).

Interface integrated

Where to connect: CAN socket on the outside of the bottom of

the inverter.

Only use ready-made cable sets.

Two different special cable sets must be ordered separately.

– Prefabricated cable set between the Solar Log1000

and the first

inverter, including cable termination.

– Ready-made cable set with 5 pin Phoenix contact connection

plug for connecting the inverters to each other.

Depending on the number of inverters several of these cables will

be required.

Maximum total cable length: 200 m

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

Connection is only done using a ready-made data cable, specially for

connecting to the Solar Log1000

(optional extra; not supplied).

Procedure

1 Insert the CAN plug into the inverter CAN IN socket.

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert the two 5 pin 120 Ω terminal resistors from the ready-made

cable set into the CAN OUT socket.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log1000

CAN

socket.

Page 82: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Conergy (only Solar-Log1000)

82 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting the inverters to each other (only Solar Log1000)

Connection is made only with a ready-made data cable specially

for connecting the inverters to each other (optional extra: not

supplied).

Where to connect: CAN socket outside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the CAN plug into any CAN OUT socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any CAN IN socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the two 5 pin 120 Ω terminal resistors from the ready-made

cable set into the CAN OUT socket.

4.29 Conergy (only Solar-Log1000)

Note

Conergy inverters can only be connected to the Solar Log1000

, as

only this model has a CAN interface.

The following description relates to inverters without transformers

produced in or after 2007.

Overview

CAN only be used on Solar Log1000

(CAN interface).

Interface integrated

Where to connect: CAN socket on the outside of the bottom of

the inverter.

Only use ready-made cable sets.

Two different special cable sets must be ordered separately.

– Prefabricated cable set between the Solar Log1000

and the first

inverter, including cable termination.

– Ready-made cable set with 5 pin Phoenix contact connection

plug for connecting the inverters to each other.

Depending on the number of inverters several of these cables will

be required.

Maximum total cable length: 200 m

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Page 83: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Conergy (only Solar-Log1000)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 83 of 374

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

Connection is only done using a ready-made data cable, specially for

connecting to the Solar Log1000

(optional extra; not supplied).

Procedure

1 Insert the CAN plug into the inverter CAN IN socket.

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert the two 5 pin 120 Ω terminal resistors from the ready-made

cable set into the CAN OUT socket.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log1000

CAN

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (only Solar Log1000)

Connection is made only with a ready-made data cable specially

for connecting the inverters to each other (optional extra: not

supplied).

Where to connect: CAN socket outside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the CAN plug into any CAN OUT socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any CAN IN socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the two 5 pin 120 Ω terminal resistors from the ready-made

cable set into the CAN OUT socket.

Page 84: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Suntechnics (only Solar Log1000)

84 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.30 Suntechnics (only Solar Log1000)

Note

Suntechnics inverters can only be connected to the Solar Log1000

,

as only this model has a CAN interface.

The following description relates to inverters without transformers

produced in or after 2007.

Overview

CAN only be used on Solar Log1000

(CAN interface).

Interface integrated

Where to connect: CAN socket on the outside of the bottom of

the inverter.

Only use ready-made cable sets.

Two different special cable sets must be ordered separately.

– Prefabricated cable set between the Solar Log1000

and the first

inverter, including cable termination.

– Ready-made cable set with 5 pin Phoenix contact connection

plug for connecting the inverters to each other.

Depending on the number of inverters several of these cables will

be required.

Maximum total cable length: 200 m

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

Connection is only done using a ready-made data cable, specially for

connecting to the Solar Log1000

(optional extra; not supplied).

Procedure

1 Insert the CAN plug into the inverter CAN IN socket.

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert the two 5 pin 120 Ω terminal resistors from the ready-made

cable set into the CAN OUT socket.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log1000

CAN

socket.

Page 85: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Effekta

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 85 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other (only Solar Log1000)

Connection is made only with a special ready-made data cable

for connecting the inverters to each other (optional extra: not

supplied).

Where to connect: CAN socket outside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the CAN plug into any CAN OUT socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any CAN IN socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the two 5 pin 120 Ω terminal resistors from the ready-made

cable set into the CAN OUT socket.

4.31 Effekta

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit Effeckta RS485 interface.

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Page 86: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Effekta

86 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 Pin 2 RS485 A (+)

3 Pin 3 GND

4 Pin 1 RS485 B (-)

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Set the jumper on the RS485 interface card to ON.

4 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 3 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Using the data cable connect terminals "Pin 2-RS485-A (+)", "Pin 3-

GND" and "Pin 1-RS485-B (-)" of inverter 1 to the corresponding

terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Set the jumper on the RS485 interface card to ON.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 87: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ALPHA-SOL

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 87 of 374

4.32 ALPHA-SOL

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the DIP switch on the interface card.

Before installing the RS485 interface card:

Allocate the communication address using the 8 interface card DIP

switches:

Example - Communication address 1:

On x

Off

DIP switch 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 2:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 3:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Page 88: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ALPHA-SOL

88 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Example - Communication address 4:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 5:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

You will find more information at:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binary_number.

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BKL2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

1 T+

4 R-

4 T-

Page 89: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Europa-Solar AG

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 89 of 374

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter on the

retrofitted RS485 interface card

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, T+, R- and R+ of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

4.33 Europa-Solar AG

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket inside the inverter

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Page 90: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Europa-Solar AG

90 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ1 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect inverters via the RS485/422 B Solar Log™

interface.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 Pin 3

4 Pin 6

5 Pin 1

6 Pin 2

3 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B socket

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 socket inside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Page 91: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Ever-Solar

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 91 of 374

5 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

6 Close inverters.

4.34 Ever-Solar

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ1 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 plug and terminal block

connector (Page 17).

Page 92: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Ever-Solar

92 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect inverters via the RS485/422 B Solar Log™

interface.

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 Pin 3

4 Pin 6

5 Pin 1

6 Pin 2

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B socket

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 93: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Evoco

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 93 of 374

4.35 Evoco

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Between the COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (supplied with the inverter).

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with round plug and

terminal block connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter round socket

Terminal PIN

1 1

4 2

2 Insert the round plug into any COM round socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter's instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using an Evoco daisy chain cable.

Where to connect: Between the COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

Page 94: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Powercom

94 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Insert the round plug into any round socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any round socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Default settings on the inverter: Communication address 1

Setting: Using the inverter operating display

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

4.36 Powercom

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the DIP switch on the interface card.

Before installing the RS485 interface card.

Allocate the communication address using the 8 interface card DIP

switches:

Page 95: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Powercom

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 95 of 374

Example - Communication address 1:

On x

Off

DIP switch 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 2:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 3:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 4:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 5:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

You will find more information at:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binary_number.

Page 96: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Powercom

96 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BKL2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

1 T+

4 R-

4 T-

4 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter on the

retrofitted RS485 interface card

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, T+, R- and R+ of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Close inverters.

Page 97: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SALICRU EQX

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 97 of 374

4.37 SALICRU EQX

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

The inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending on the

model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BKL1 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 98: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SALICRU EQX

98 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter's

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 99: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

SALICRU EQXLV

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 99 of 374

4.38 SALICRU EQXLV

Overview

Interface integrated

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 4 (A in)

4 3 (B in)

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert 120 Ω terminal resistor.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Connect terminal 2 (A out) on inverter 1 to terminal 4 (A in) on

inverter 2.

Page 100: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Santerno

100 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

2 Connect terminal 1 (B out) on inverter 1 to terminal 3 (B in) on

inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter: Insert 120 Ω terminal resistor.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using PC software for configuring inverters.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.39 Santerno

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: 9 pin socket on the outside of the housing

floor.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made Santerno data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with a 9 pin plug and a

terminal block connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter plug

Terminal PIN

1 1 (A-Line)

4 2 (B-Line)

2 Insert the plug into socket A on the inverter.

Page 101: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Santerno

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 101 of 374

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Connect socket A on the Santerno Solar Log™ data cable to the

plug of the first Santerno inverter data cable.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Santerno inverter data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

Where to connect: 9 pin socket on the outside of the housing

floor.

Procedure

1 Insert the Santerno inverter data cable plug into socket B of the first

inverter.

2 Insert the Santerno inverter data cable plug into socket C of the first

inverter.

3 Insert the plug on the other end of the cable into socket C of the

second inverter.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other using socket C.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

Connect socket A on the Santerno Solar Log™ data cable to the

plug of the first Santerno data cable.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 102: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schneider Electric SunEzy

102 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.40 Schneider Electric SunEzy

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

The inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending on the

model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BKL1 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 103: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schneider Electric SunEzy

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 103 of 374

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

RS485/422 B Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500, Solar

Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 104: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Steca

104 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.41 Steca

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ socket, on the outside of the inverter's

interface card.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made RS485 data cable with RJ45 plug and terminal block

connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 1

4 2

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

On the inverter insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 105: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Steca

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 105 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using the RS485 data cable with RJ45 plug;

Connection cables between the inverters are supplied with the

inverters. Use these.

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into the free RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter:

Insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the rotating switch on the inverter interface card.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 106: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Steca ≥ 17 kW

106 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.42 Steca ≥ 17 kW

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RS485 socket on the bottom of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Note

To use power-management, all of the inverters need to be set to:

Protocol 1

57600 baud

Parameter 1164 = 2

During the Initial configuration for these inverter Steca >=17k must be

selected.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RS485 inverter socket

Terminal PIN

1 2

4 3

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

On the sockets "RS485 OUT" with SACC-M12MS-4SC" plugs

bypass the connections PIN1 to PIN2 and PIN3 to PIN4.

3 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 107: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Steca ≥ 17 kW

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 107 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using

– 2 wire shielded data cable and

– 4 pin "SACC-M12MS-4SC" plugs (2 supplied with the inverter).

Where to connect: RS485 sockets on the bottom of the inverter.

The RS485 IN and OUT sockets are each double connections so

that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

Connect the data cable to the "SACC-M12MS-4SC" plug as shown in

the inverter's instructions.

Insert one plug into the OUT (X14B) socket of inverter 1.

Insert the other end of the wire into the IN socket (X15B) on inverter 2.

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Terminate in the last inverter.

On the sockets "RS485 OUT" with SACC-M12MS-4SC" plugs bypass

the connections PIN1 to PIN2 and PIN3 to PIN4.

Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1;

highest possible address: 31.

Set the following parameters on the inverter's operating display:

Press "F1", select Numerical list, press "ENTER".

Set parameter number 2000 [password protection],

press "ENTER" twice.

Enter 72555, press "ENTER"

Set parameter number 0406, press "ENTER"

Select sub parameter 0406,3, press "ENTER"

Enter figure for communication x

[x = continuous numbering starting with 1; highest possible address:

31], press "ENTER". 31], press "ENTER".

After configuring on the display:

Using the installed DC isolating switch turn the inverters on and off

briefly so that the settings are activated.

Set the date and time on the inverter as shown in the inverter

instructions.

Page 108: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

WINAICO

108 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.43 WINAICO

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the DIP switch on the interface card.

Before installing the RS485 interface card:

Allocate the communication address using the 8 interface card DIP

switches.

Example - Communication address 1:

On x

Off

DIP switch 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 2:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 3:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Example - Communication address 4:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Page 109: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

WINAICO

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 109 of 374

Example - Communication address 5:

On

Off

DIP

switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

You will find more information at:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binary_number.

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BKL2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

1 T+

4 R-

4 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500, Solar

Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Page 110: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

WINAICO

110 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter on the

retrofitted RS485 interface card.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, T+, R- and R+ of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 111: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Delta (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 111 of 374

4.44 Delta (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made Delta data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

4 6

4 8

Note concerning Solar Log

1000:

The PIN allocation has been changed with the new generation. 3

wired cabling functions with both generations.

Page 112: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sungrow

112 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 The inverter must be terminated here.

Insert the 120 Ω resistor into the free RJ45 socket.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

5 Close the unit cover on the bottom of the inverter.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on the second

inverter.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the 120 Ω resistor into the free RJ45 socket.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Set the inverter baud rate to 19200.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.45 Sungrow

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket or COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Note:

The inverter's communication connection is then changed to the

from the round socket to RJ45. Currently, the SG1,5KTL is still

Page 113: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sungrow

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 113 of 374

supplied with round sockets.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with round plug and

terminal block connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter round socket

for SG1,5KTL

Terminal PIN

1 1 (A)

4 2 (B)

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 socket inverter

Terminal PIN

1 3 (Data+ A)

4 6 (Data- B)

2 Insert the plug into the socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected, terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions between round socket Pin 2 and 3 with

120Ω.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting inverters to each other

(Solar Log500,Solar Log1000)

Wiring with a self-made RS485 cable,

RJ45 socket and COM round sockets on the outside of the

inverter,

Procedure

Connect a cable between the RJ45 and round sockets.

Connect the first inverter as explained above.

Page 114: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sungrow

114 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the second inverter via the RS485/WiFi socket.

Connect wires as shown in the diagram below.

Round socket RS485/WiFi

Inverter 1

RJ45 socket inverter 2

Terminal PIN

3 (B RS485) 3 (Data+ B)

2 (A RS485) 6 (Data- A)

Wiring diagram with several inverters

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Terminate the last inverter between round socket Pin 2 and 3 with

120Ω.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485 socket.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 115: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Sustainable Energy

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 115 of 374

4.46 Sustainable Energy

Overview

Interface integrated

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 4 (A in)

4 3 (B in)

2 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert 120 Ω terminal resistor.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Page 116: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Motech (RS485)

116 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Connect terminal 2 (A out) on inverter 1 to terminal 4 (A in) on

inverter 2.

2 Connect terminal 1 (B out) on inverter 1 to terminal 3 (B in) on

inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter: Insert 120 Ω terminal resistor.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using PC software for configuring inverters.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.47 Motech (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 plug outside the housing floor

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Page 117: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Motech (RS485)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 117 of 374

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

4 8

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 118: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Zentral Solar Deutschland ZSD (RS485)

118 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.48 Zentral Solar Deutschland ZSD (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 plug outside the housing floor

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

4 8

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 119: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

AROS Solar Technology

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 119 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

4.49 AROS Solar Technology

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Page 120: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

AROS Solar Technology

120 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect inverters via the RS485/422 B-Solar-Log™

interface.

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 PIN 3 – R+

4 PIN 6 – R-

5 PIN 4 – T+

6 PIN 5 – T-

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 121: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

General Electric inverters (GE)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 121 of 374

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B socket.

4.50 General Electric inverters (GE)

Overview

Interface integrated

Connected using network cable (patch cable) and Ethernet

router or switch

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: Before connecting to the Ethernet router or switch

and allocating the IP address.

Connecting inverters and the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

network cable (patch cable) and the

Ethernet router or switch.

Procedure

1 Set different unit IDs on each inverter in accordance with the

inverter's instructions.

2 Connect the Solar Log™ and the inverter to the router or switch.

3 Allocate an IP address to each inverter using the manufacturer's IP

setting kit:

The first three blocks of numbers as for the Solar Log™, e.g.

192.168.178.49

The fourth block of numbers: a free network position, e.g.

192.168.179.50

Details on using the IP setting kit can be found in the manufacturer's

SVT monitoring manual.

Page 122: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Hyundai HPC-050HT-E and HPC-100HT-E

122 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.51 Hyundai HPC-050HT-E and HPC-100HT-E

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 CN socket on the outside of the

inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B

interface of the Solar-Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 3

4 6

2 Insert RJ45 plug into socket CN on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 123: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Hyundai HPC-250HT-E

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 123 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.52 Hyundai HPC-250HT-E

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: 20 pin connection strip on the outside of the

inverter at the top edge of the i-8142iW module.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Page 124: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Hyundai HPC-250HT-E

124 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 D1+/TxD1+

4 D1–/TxD1–

2 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: 20 pin connection strip on the inverter at the

top edge of the i-8142iW module.

Procedure

1 Connect terminal D1+/TxD1+ on inverter 1 to terminal D1+/TxD1+

on inverter 2.

2 Connect terminal D1–/TxD1– on inverter 1 to terminal D1–/TxD1– on

inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using PC software for configuring inverters.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 125: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

EKO Energy

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 125 of 374

4.53 EKO Energy

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Between the COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (supplied with the inverter).

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with round plug and

terminal block connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter round socket

Terminal PIN

1 1

4 2

2 Insert the round plug into any COM round socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a self-made daisy chain cable.

Where to connect: Between the COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

Page 126: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Q3 (RS485)

126 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Insert the round plug into any round socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any round socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Default settings on the inverter: Communication address 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.54 Q3 (RS485)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Between the COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Connecting is done using a self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and

terminal block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 1 (RS485-A)

3 3 (GND)

4 2 (RS485-B)

Page 127: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Siemens

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 127 of 374

2 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a self-made daisy chain cable.

Where to connect: X2 connection socket on outside of the

inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the plug into socket X2 on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into the X2 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Default settings on the inverter: Communication address 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Notes

– From the Communication / RS485 menu select Address for

ProLog

– From the Communication menu set Protocol type COM 1 to 9.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.55 Siemens

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the bottom of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Page 128: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Siemens

128 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

To connect the Solar Log™ and the inverters prepare cables with the

following pin allocation.

Connecting the Solar Log™ to the first inverter

Solar-Log™

(4/6 pin terminal plug)

First inverter - RS485 IN

(4 pin round plug)

Pin 1 (white) w

i

t

h

Pin 2

Pin 4 (brown) w

i

t

h

Pin 3

If only one inverter is to be connected this must be terminated (see

following item "Bus termination").

Connecting inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

Inverters must be connected to each other using shielded data cables

via the RS485 connections located on the SINVERT PVM.

The following illustration shows the main connection diagram.

Use the SACC-M12MS-4SC connectors supplied with the inverter for

data cables.

Connect them as shown in the diagram.

Connect the bus cable on the last inverter to the RS485 OUT

socket using a terminal resistor.

Inverter - RS485 OUT

(4 pin round plug)

Inverter - RS485 IN

(4 pin round plug)

Pin 2 w

i

t

h

Pin 2

Pin 3 w

i

t

h

Pin 3

Page 129: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Siemens

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 129 of 374

Bus termination

The bus must be terminated on the RS485 OUT connection of the last

inverter with 120Ω.

To do this use the internal 120Ω resistor and wire the following pins in a

round 4 pin plug with two jumpers.

Inverter - RS485 OUT

(4 pin round plug)

Pin 1 w

i

t

h

Pin 2

Pin 3 w

i

t

h

Pin 4

Insert this plug into the RS485 OUT socket of the last inverter.

Setting parameters

Parameters are set using the display on the inverter.

The date and time must be correctly set and the password

72555 entered before the communication settings.

The communication parameters are set in the sub-menu

"F1 -> Configuration -> Communication -> RS 485".

The individual menu items are selected with the arrow keys ↑↓

and confirmed by pressing ENTER.

A consecutive communication address must be allocated to

each SINVERT PVM. It is advisable to arrange the addresses

consecutively beginning with 1, i.e. 1, 2, 3 up to a maximum of

31. The Solar Log™ has address "0".

The baud rate can be selected freely but must be set to the

same value for all inverters. Baud rate 9600 must only be used

when using the wireless package.

How to set communication address parameters

1. Select "USS address" and press ENTER.

2. Enter the numerical value xx [Address] and press ENTER.

3. Select "Baud rate" and press ENTER.

4. Enter the numerical value [Baud rate] and press ENTER.

5. Select "Protocol" and press ENTER.

6. Select protocol type "1" and press ENTER.

After the parameters have been set on the display the inverter must be

switched off for one minute using the installed DC isolation switch. The

settings are now applied and set to active. The configuration procedure

is described in the manufacturer's handbook. Starting with Solar LogTM

Page 130: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Albatech APL Trifase 15 / 20

130 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

firmware version 2.0.3 (Nov.09) no other parameters must be set on the

inverter. The setting up (commissioning) can be continued immediately.

Solar Log™ compatibility with older PVM installations

With older Solar Log™ / PVM installations the inverter had to be set

with additional parameters for Solar Log™ compatibility. This is only still

necessary if an inverter has been replaced because it was faulty or if

the system has been extended. Only in these cases must the additional

parameters be set again on the new inverters.

4.56 Albatech APL Trifase 15 / 20

Inverters from different Albatech model ranges (APL monophase /

triphase) cannot be mixed on an RS485 connection. The correct range

must be selected when selecting inverters.

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Note:

If more than 32 inverters are connected a signal amplifier must be

installed in the RS485 bus in accordance with the manufacturer.

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

It is connected to the inverter as shown in the following diagram. It is

connected to the inverter as shown in the following diagram. The

inverters are terminated on pin 9/10 of J1. Both the first and also the

last inverter must be terminated.

Page 131: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Albatech APL Trifase 15 / 20

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 131 of 374

Procedure

1. Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19.

2. Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

3. Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

4. If you have made the cable connection yourself, connect the

wires as shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal PIN

1 (Data +) 15 (RS485 +)

3 (Ground) 17 (Ground)

4 (Data -) 16 (RS485 -)

5. Connect data cable to RS485+, RS485- and grounded

terminals.

6. If only one inverter is to be connected this must be terminated.

7. To terminate set the jumper at J1 to pins 9 and 10.

8. Screw the inverter cover on again.

9. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Procedure

1. Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19.

2. Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

3. Connect data cable to RS485+, RS485- and grounded

terminals.

Page 132: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Albatech APL Trifase 15 / 20

132 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5. Terminate on the first and last inverters.

6. Set the jumper at J1 to pins 9 and 10.

7. Screw the inverter cover on again.

8. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Allocate communication addresses

Before the inverters can be detected addresses must be allocated to

them. To do this you must connect to the unit either via the Ethernet or

RS232. You will find details on this procedure in the inverter's

handbook. Now set another address (1 - 247) from the modbus

parameters for each inverter and leave the baud rate at 19200 bit/s.

Note:

When selecting inverters "APL triphase" must be selected.

Page 133: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Albatech APL Monofase

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 133 of 374

4.57 Albatech APL Monofase

APL Monofase 2.0/3.0/4.0/5.0

Inverters from different Albatech model ranges (APL monophase /

triphase) cannot be mixed on an RS485 connection. The correct range

must be selected when selecting inverters.

Overview

Interface not integrated; Upgrade the Albatech RS485 interface

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 Pin 2 - D+

3 Pin 3 - GND

4 Pin 1 – D-

3 If only one inverter is to be connected, it must be terminated.

Page 134: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Enfinity

134 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Set the jumper on the RS485 interface card to ON.

4 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500, Solar

Log1000)

Connect using a 3 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: on the upgraded RS485 interface.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Using the data cable connect terminals "Pin 2-RS485-A (+)", "Pin 3-

GND" and "Pin 1-RS485-B (-)" of inverter 1 to the corresponding

terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter.

Set the jumper on the RS485 interface card to ON.

5 Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Note:

When selecting inverters "APL monophase" must be selected.

4.58 Enfinity

Overview

Interface integrated

2 RJ11 sockets inside the inverter.

4 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™.

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Connect the inverters to each other

Page 135: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Enfinity

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 135 of 374

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Where to connect: RJ11 socket on the inverter.

Procedure

Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

1. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B RJ 11 socket

1 Pin 3 – RX+

4 Pin 4- RX-

5 Pin 1 – TX+

6 Pin 2 TX-

2. Insert the RJ1plug into any RJ11 socket on inverter 1.

3. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™

RS485/422 B socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Wiring using the RJ11 cable

Where to connect: RJ11 sockets

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. Insert the self-made cable with the RJ11 plug into any RJ11

socket on inverter 1. Connect the other end to the terminal plug

on the Solar LogTM

.

3. Insert the RJ11 cable into the second RJ11 socket on the first

inverter and into any RJ11 socket on the second inverter.

4. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™

RS485/422 B socket.

6. Close inverters.

Page 136: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Carlo Gavazzi

136 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.59 Carlo Gavazzi

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Connect the inverters to each other

CAUTION!

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

Only connect the inverter through the RS485/422 B interface on

the Solar Log™ or to the Solar Log1000

through the RS485 A

interface.

Procedure

1. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B RJ 45 socket

1 Pin 7

4 Pin 8

2. Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on inverter 1.

3. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 137: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Omron

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 137 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1. Insert the RJ45 plug into the free RJ45 socket on the first

inverter.

2. Insert the other end of the cable into any RJ11 socket on

inverter 2.

3. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4.60 Omron

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. Connect the cable as shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B Terminal strip TB401

1 Pin 4 – Data +

3 Pin 3 – GND

4 Pin 5 – Data -

Page 138: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Omron

138 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

3. If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated. To

do this a bridge must be inserted on the inverter between pins 9

and 10.

4. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

5. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 3 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. Connect terminals 6, 7 and 8 on inverter 1 to terminals 3, 4

and 5 on inverter 2.

3. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4. Terminate in the last inverter.

Bridge between pins 9 and 10.

5. Close inverters.

6. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™

RS485 socket.

Inverter settings

The following values must be set in the inverter setup:

COM_485 to 19200bps

COM_Pari to Even

COM_Stop to 2bit

Set the communication protocol to "Auto" or "Compoway/F"; not

"Modbus"

Please follow the instructions in the manufacturer's handbook for this.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Inverter n Inverter n+1

Terminal strip TB401 Terminal strip TB401

6 Pin 3 – GND

7 Pin 4 – Data +

8 Pin 5 – Data -

Page 139: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Samil Power

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 139 of 374

4.61 Samil Power

Overview

Interface integrated

2 RJ11 sockets inside the inverter.

4 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connecting inverters to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

SolarRiver*

Inverter SolarLake

RS485/422 B RJ 11 socket RJ45 socket

1 2 R+ 3 R+

4 1 R- 6 R-

5 4 T+ 1 T+

6 3 T- 2 T-

*Some models of SolarRiver use the same connetion as the SolarLake

inverters. In this case wire acoarding to SolarLake RJ45 specification.

Page 140: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Aten

140 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Note:

The wiring above refers to the RJ45 or RJ11 socket. Page 15.

3. Insert the RJ1plug into any RJ11 socket on inverter 1.

4. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

5. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™

RS485/422 B socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: RJ11 sockets

Note:

A maximum of 32 inverters can be connected per RS422 bus.

Procedure

Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

1. Insert the self-made cable with the RJ11 plug into any RJ11

socket on inverter 1.

2. Insert the RJ11 cable into the 2nd RJ11 socket on inverter 1

and into any RJ11 socket on inverter 2.

3. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4. Close inverters.

5. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™

RS485/422 B socket.

4.62 Aten

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ14 socket on the outside of the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Page 141: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Aten

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 141 of 374

Connect inverters to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B RJ 14 socket

1 Pin 2 – Data +

4 Pin 4 – Data -

RJ14 socket pin allocation

2. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

3. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: RJ14 sockets.

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. Insert the self-made cable with the RJ14 plug into any RJ14

socket on inverter 1.

3. Insert the RJ11 cable into the 2nd RJ11 socket on inverter 1

and into any RJ11 socket on inverter 2.

4. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5. Close inverters.

6. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 142: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Pairan

142 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.63 Pairan

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Round socket on inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with the round plug and the terminal

strip plug (Page 17).

The round plug must be obtained from the manufacturer.

Procedure

3. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Connection socket view

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B Round socket

1 Data +

4 Data -

4. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 143: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schneider Electric Xantrex GT30E

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 143 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500, Solar

Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Round socket on inverter.

Procedure

4. self-made cable connection with round plug and a terminal

block plug (Page 17)

5. Also connect the cable to the next inverter in round plug 1.

6. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4.64 Schneider Electric Xantrex GT30E

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Sub D 9 socket X51 inside the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated to the inverter.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverters and Solar Log™; Page

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector.

Procedure:

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485 A Sub D9 socket X51

1 8

4 6

3. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 144: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Schneider Electric Conext TL15000E and Conext TL20000E

144 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 2 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Sub D 9 socket X51 inside the inverter.

Procedure

1. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram:

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter

RS485/422 B Sub D9 socket X51

1 8

4 6

2. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way

(1:1).

3. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

4.65 Schneider Electric Conext TL15000E and Conext TL20000E

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

Allocate communication address

Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Page 145: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Eaton

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 145 of 374

4 If only one inverter is to be connected this must be terminated.

5

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500

, Solar Log1000

)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter

2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the

manufacturer's specifications.

6 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

4.66 Eaton

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 4

3 3

4 5

Page 146: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Eaton

146 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

Eaton inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers depending on the

model. Each string input is monitored separately and ideally

adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Page 147: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Ginlong

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 147 of 374

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

4.67 Ginlong

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Between the round COM sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Page 148: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Ginlong

148 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (supplied with the inverter).

or

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with round plug and

terminal block connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter round socket

Terminal PIN

1 1

4 2

2 Insert the round plug into any COM round socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Wiring using Ginlong's daisy chain cable.

Where to connect: Between the COM round sockets on the

outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the round plug into any round socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the cable into any round socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Default settings on the inverter: Communication address 1.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 149: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Growatt

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 149 of 374

4.68 Growatt

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Round sockets on the outside of the inverter.

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with round plug and

terminal block connector (Page17).

The round plugs required can be obtained from the inverter

manufacturer.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter round socket

Terminal PIN

1 2 (+)

4 1 (-)

2 Insert the round plug into any COM round socket on the inverter.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Wiring using 2 pin cable with round plugs.

Where to connect: Round sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the round plug into any round socket on inverter 1.

2 Insert the other end of the cable into any round socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 150: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Growatt

150 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Address range: 1 - 125.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 151: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Oelmaier

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 151 of 374

Note

When detecting inverters, there are two options for for Growatt in

the initial configuration. "Growatt old" and "Growatt Mod". For

newer models and modules with the latest firmware version

version, please select "Growatt Mod", for models with older

firmware versions select "Growatt old".

Inverter Firmware

version

Sungold 1500TL/2000TL/3000TL/5000TL >= G.2.1 Modbus

Growatt 1500TL/2000TL/3000TL/4000TL/4400TL/5000TL >= G.2.1 Modbus

Growatt 2500MTL/3000MTL Modbus

Growatt 3600MTL/4200MTL/5000MTL >= S.2.1 Modbus

Growatt 3600MTL-10/4200MTL-10/5000MTL-10 Modbus

Growatt 2000HF/2500HF/3000HF Modbus

Growatt 10000UE/12000UE/18000UE/20000UE Modbus

Growatt 4000UE/5000UE/6000UE Modbus

Growatt 1500TL-US/2000TL-US/3000TL-US >= U.1.5 Modbus

Growatt 3600MTL-US/4200MTL-US/5000MTL-US >= U.1.5 Modbus

Growatt 2000HF-US/2500HF-US/3000HF-US Modbus

Growatt 8000TL-US/9000TL-US/10000TL-US/11000TL-US Modbus

Growatt 10000TL3-US/12000TL3-US/18000TL3-US/20000TL3-US Modbus

4.69 Oelmaier

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip behind service cover

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Page 152: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Oelmaier

152 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Terminal strip inside the inverter

Terminal Terminal

1 A – Data +

4 B – Data -

3 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

4 Close inverters.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Where to connect: Terminal strip behind service cover

2 pin wiring

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Terminal strip inside the inverter

Terminal RS485 terminal

1 A – Data +

4 B – Data -

3 Connect terminals A and B on inverter 1 to the corresponding

terminals on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

6 Close inverters.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Setting: Using the solar fitter's menu on the inverter.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Page 153: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

AEG Protect

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 153 of 374

4.70 AEG Protect

Overview

Supported models PV 10; 12.5 and 15

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets on the right on the side cover

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

4 pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made RJ45 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 6

3 1

3 2

4 3

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected it must be terminated.

Insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket on the inverter.

Page 154: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Helios Systems

154 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

The connection plug is an 8 pin RJ45 dummy plug with bridged

wires: Wires 3 and 4 bridged and wires 5 and 6 bridged.

4 Screw the inverter cover on again.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets on the right on the side

cover.

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket.

6 Screw the inverter cover on again.

4.71 Helios Systems

String inverter HSI 20

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

Allocate communication address

Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

Page 155: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Helios Systems

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 155 of 374

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

7 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

8 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

9 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

10 W

10 If only one inverter is to be connected,

this has to be terminated.

11 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

12 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500

, Solar Log1000

)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter

2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the

manufacturer's specifications.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 4

3 3

4 5

Page 156: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

4.68 PV Powered – central inverter RS485

156 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

6 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Central inverter

Overview

Interface integrated

Connected using network cable (patch cable) and Ethernet

router or switch

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Caution

The IP addresses for the inverter must be in the same Class C

network as the Solar Log™. Alternatively, it is sufficient if the first

three groups of digits in the IP addresses are the same.

Allocate communication address

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Please follow the instructions in the manufacturer's manual.

Connecting inverters and the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

network cable (patch cable) and the

Ethernet router or switch.

Procedure

1 Set different unit IPs on each inverter in accordance with the

inverter's instructions.

2 Connect the Solar Log™ and the inverter to the router or switch.

4.72 4.68 PV Powered – central inverter RS485

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Modbus Slave socket on interface card

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Page 157: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

4.68

PV Powered – central inverter RS485

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 157 of 374

Installation steps

Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Set the address of the inverters.

Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made 3 pin connection cable and terminal block connector

(Page 17).

Note

The transfer rate for Modbus (RS485) on delivery to the customer

is set to 9600bps. Please check these settings.

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

4. If only one inverter is to be connected this must be terminated.

Inside the inverter set the supplied jumper from "J4" to "J5".

5. Setting the address for the inverter: Set SW1 to "0" and SW2 to

"1" in order to set the parameters for the inverter with the

address "01".

6. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

7. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 2 - D+

3 1 – GND

4 3 – D-

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

The wiring is done using a self-made cable connection and

terminal block connector.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Page 158: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

PV Powered string inverter

158 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 2 - D+

3 1 – GND

4 3 – D-

4 Connect terminals GND, D+ and D- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

5 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

6 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the

manufacturer's specifications.

Inside the inverter set the supplied jumper from "J4" to "J5"

7 Address the individual inverters in accordance with the

manufacturer's handbook: Inverter 1 should be the inverter that

is directly connected to the Solar-Log™. To this end, set SW1

to "0". Depending on the position of the inverter in the bus,

SW2 should be set to 1-9.

If more than 9 inverters are to be connected to one Solar

Log™, please read the manufacturer's instructions for further

information.

8 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

9 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

4.73 PV Powered string inverter

Overview

Interface integrated

Connected using network cable (patch cable) and Ethernet

router or switch

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Allocate communication address

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Page 159: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Valenia

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 159 of 374

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: Before connecting to the Ethernet router or switch

and allocating the IP address.

Connecting inverters and the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

network cable (patch cable) and the

Ethernet router or switch.

Procedure

1 Set different unit IDs on each inverter in accordance with the

inverter's instructions.

2 Connect the Solar Log™ and the inverter to the router or switch.

4.74 Valenia

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip on internal interface card

3 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

Switch off the inverters and the Solar Log™; Page 19

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Connect the inverters to each other

Set the address of the inverters.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made 3 pin connection cable and terminal block connector

(Page 17).

Procedure

1. Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2. If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

3. If only one inverter is to be connected, according to the

manufacturer's handbook it must be terminated.

4. Set the address for the inverter on the inverter itself.

5. Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

Page 160: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Valenia

160 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

6. Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 P

3 0 V

4 N

Note

The inverter terminal strip's 5V output must not be connected to

the Solar Log™.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

The wiring is done using a self-made cable connection and

terminal block connector.

Where to connect: Terminal strip on internal interface card.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Connect terminals P, N and 0V of the first inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on the next inverter.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the

manufacturer's specifications.

5 Address the individual inverters in accordance with the

manufacturer's manual.

6 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 161: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Chint Power (CSP SC and CSP SCE to 20k)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 161 of 374

4.75 Chint Power (CSP SC and CSP SCE to 20k)

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you change

the order of the inverters immediately after detection at startup, in

the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page 236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

During the Initial configuration for these inverter Chint <20k must be

selected.

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ1 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17)

Procedure

Page 162: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Chint Power (CSP SC and CSP SCE to 20k)

162 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect inverters via the RS485/422 B-Solar Log™

interface.

Note concerning Solar-Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 Pin 3

4 Pin 6

5 Pin 1

6 Pin 2

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected, terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422

B-socket

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 163: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Chint Power (CPS 20k+)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 163 of 374

4.76 Chint Power (CPS 20k+)

Overview

Integrated interface.

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

2-pin wiring.

The communication addresses (1-32) have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

During the Initial configuration for these inverter Chint CPS20k+ must

be selected.

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar-Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™ via the RS485

interface.

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 1-485+

4 3-485-

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 164: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Chint Power Modbus

164 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Connect to the RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1. Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on inverter 1.

2. Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter

2.

3. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4. Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5. Allocate communication address.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Address range: 1 - 32.

Setting: Use the inverter's operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.77 Chint Power Modbus

The following types have to be connected according to this scheme:

CPS SCA5KTL-DO

CPS SCA6KTL-DO

CPS SCA7KTL-DO

CPS SCA8KTL-DO

CPS SCA10KTL-DO

CPS SCA12KTL-DO

CPS SCA8KTL-DO/HE

CPS SCA10KTL-DO/HE

CPS SCA12KTL-DO/HE

During the Initial configuration for these inverter Chint-Mod must be selected.

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address (1-247) must be allocated.

Page 165: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Chint Power Modbus

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 165 of 374

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Procedure

If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown in

the following diagram.

Klemmleistenstecker Solar-Log™

RJ 45 Stecker

Klemme Pin

1 1 (+)

4 3 (-)

Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

The inverter must be terminated here.

Insert the 120 Ω resistor into the free RJ45 socket.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485 socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on the second

inverter.

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the 120 Ω resistor into the free RJ45 socket

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485 socket.

Page 166: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

KLNE (Solartec and Sunteams)

166 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Adress range from 1 to 247

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.78 KLNE (Solartec and Sunteams)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: 4 pin round socket on the button of the device

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication addresses

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with terminal block connector

(Page 17).

Where to connect: 4 pin round socket on the button of the

device.

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

X4 socket inverter

Terminal PIN

1 4 - Data+

4 2 - Data-

Page 167: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ABB

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 167 of 374

2 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Where to connect: 4 pin round socket on the button of the device

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

X4 socket inverter

Terminal PIN

1 4 - Data+

4 2 - Data-

3 Connect the Solar Log™ cable to socket A on the first inverter.

4 According to the same wiring diagram, connect socket B on the first

inverter to socket A on the second inverter using the following

diagram.

X4 socket inverter 1 X4 socket inverter 2

PIN PIN

2 2 - Data-

4 4 - Data+

5 Connect additional inverters to each other in the same way.

6 Terminate the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Note

According to the manufacturer's specifications, a maximum of 31 devices can

be connected per RS485 bus.

4.79 ABB

Overview

Where to connect: X4 socket under the cover

Page 168: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ABB

168 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Communication address must be allocated.

3 pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with terminal block connector

(Page 17).

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

X4 socket inverter

Terminal PIN

1 1 - Data+

3 3 - GND

4 2 - Data-

3 If only one inverter is to be connected, according to the

manufacturer's handbook it must be terminated.

4 Screw the inverter cover on again.

5 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets on the right on the side

cover.

Procedure

1 Unscrew the side cover as shown in the inverter's instructions.

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

Page 169: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ABB

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 169 of 374

3 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

4 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

5 Terminate in the last inverter.

Insert the connection plug into the free RJ45 socket.

6 Screw the inverter cover on again.

Page 170: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ABB-Central Inverter

170 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.75 ABB-Central Inverter

Overview

Interface not Integrated; Components (having identification

„RETA-01“) upgrade

Cable connection of network cable (patch cable) and Ethernet -

Router or Switch

Communication address must be assigned.

Working steps

• Communication address is assigned

• Inverter is connected to Solar-Log™

• Inverter is connected all together

Communication address assignment

Recommended: Consecutive numbering, beginning with 1 in the

address range from 1-254

Setting: over operators display from inverters

To proceed: Before connecting to Ethernet - Router or Switch

award the assigned IP-Address

Inverter and Solar-Log™ connection

The cable connection is done via

Network cable (patch cable) and

Ethernet - Router or Switch

Procedure

1 On every inverter use the different equipment ID number as

assigned from the user-manual

2 Solar-Log™ and inverter are connected to router or switch

3 Every inverter is assigned an IP address. The user-manual for the

inverter will provide further details to the IP address

The first 3 number blocks for e.g. Solar-Log™, e.g.192.168.178.49

4th

block: a free place for network e.g. 192.168.178.50

Page 171: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Riverberi (EDI Series)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 171 of 374

4.76 Riverberi (EDI Series)

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™.

• Allocate communication address

• Terminate inverter

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied).

Procedure:

Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown in

the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Tterminal strip inverter

Terminal PIN

1 5

1 7

4 4

4 6

If only one inverter is to be connected this must be terminated.

Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485 socket.

Connecting inverters to each other (Solar Log500,Solar Log1000)

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

2 pin wiring

Page 172: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GESOLAR

172 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

Open the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions.

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Terminate in the last inverter.

Close inverters.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering from Solar Log™, starting

from 2 (not 1!). Last address at 247.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

4.77 GESOLAR

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 plug outside the housing floor.

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ2 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Page 173: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GESOLAR

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 173 of 374

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 7

4 8

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 174: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Trannergy

174 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.78 Trannergy

Overview

Interface not integrated; Retrofit RS485 interface card.

4 pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Multi-string technology

The Trannergy inverters are fitted with 1 or 3 MPP trackers

depending on the model. Each string input is monitored separately

and ideally adjusted to the connected modules.

The Solar Log™ automatically detects how many inverters and

strings are active during inverter detection.

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Install the RS485 interface in the inverter

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Insert the RS485 interface in the bottom of the inverter in

accordance with the interface card installation instructions and

screw in.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made, shielded 4 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Note concerning Solar-Log1000

:

Only connect inverter using the RS485/422 B interface.

Page 175: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Trannergy

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 175 of 374

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 R+

4 R-

5 T+

6 T-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a 4 wire, shielded data cable.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter (on the

retrofitted RS485 interface).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Connect terminals R+, R-, T+ and T- of inverter 1 to the

corresponding terminals on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

5 Close inverters.

Page 176: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

ZSD GmbH - zentralpower

176 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.79 ZSD GmbH - zentralpower

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

2 pin wiring

The communication addresses (1-247) have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable with a RJ45 socket and a

terminal block connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ 45 socket

Terminal PIN

1 4 (+)

4 3 (-)

2 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the inverter.

3 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Wiring using 2 pin cable with round plugs.

Where to connect: Round sockets on the outside of the inverter.

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug into the RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 177: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solar Edge

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 177 of 374

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Address range: 1 - 247.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.80 Solar Edge

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

Communication address must be allocated.

3 pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

• Address inverter and set protocol

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with terminal block connector

(Page 17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

X4 socket RS485-1 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 A - Data+

3 G - GND

4 B - Data-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected, it must be terminated with

DIP switch SW6 according to the manufacturer's instructions.

5 Screw the inverter cover on again.

Page 178: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solar Edge

178 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

X4 socket RS485-2

Inverter n

X4 socket RS485-1 inverter +1

PIN PIN

A - Data+ A - Data+

G - GND G - GND

B - Data- B - Data-

2 Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

3 Terminate the last inverter with DIP switch SW6 according to the

manufacturer's instructions.

4 Screw the inverter cover on again.

7 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1;

highest possible address: 247.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Inverter settings

Two settings need to be checked on the inverter's control panel and

changed if needed before performing the inverter detection.

1. Non-SE Logger needs to be set in the menu Communication //

Device Type.

2. SunSpec needs to be activated in the menu Communication //

Protocol.

Page 179: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Eltek

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 179 of 374

4.81 Eltek

Overview

Integrated interface

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

2-pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™ (Page 19)

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Configure the inverter's communication interface

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

Inverter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 B (Data +)

4 A (Data -)

2 If only one inverter is to be connected, terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

3 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

Connect the inverters to each other

via the RS485 interface. The set up for the connections is explained in

the inverter manufacturer's manual.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Page 180: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Eltek

180 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

Subsequent configuration

Activate the RS485 interface via the inverter's operating display.

Note

Pay particular attention to the instructions in the installation manual regarding

the address types, activating the communication interface and the

master/slave mode.

Page 181: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GMDE

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 181 of 374

4.82 GMDE

Overview

Integrated RS485 interface

8-pin cable for the RS485 connection of the Solar-Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™ (Page 19)

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

partially ready-made RJ45 cable (not included)

or

self-made data cable with RJ45 plug and 6-pin terminal block

connector (Page 17)

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar-Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar-Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 (Data+) A 3 A

4 (Data-) B 6 B

Run the wire from the Solar-Log™ to inverter 1 through the hole for

the wire on the bottom of the unit.

In the inverter, insert the RJ45 plug into the "RS-485 out" socket.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 182: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GMDE

182 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar-Log500, Solar-

Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug in inverter 1 into the OUT socket.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other the same way.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 183: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GoodWe

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 183 of 374

4.83 GoodWe

Overview

Integrated RS422 interface

8-pin cable – only on RS485/422 B connection of the Solar-

Log™

Communication address does not have to be assigned

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™ (Page 19)

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

partially ready-made RJ45 cable (not included)

or

self-made data cable with RJ45 plug and 6-pin terminal block

connector (Page 17)

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar-Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar-Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 6 Data+ (TX)

3 4 GND

3 5 GND

4 3 Data- (TX)

5 8 Data+ (RX)

6 7 Data- (RX)

2 Run the wire from the Solar-Log™ to inverter 1 through the hole for

the wire on the bottom of the unit.

Page 184: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GoodWe

184 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

3 In the inverter, insert the RJ45 plug into the "RS-485 out" socket.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 185: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

GoodWe

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 185 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar-Log500, Solar-

Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug in inverter 1 into the RJ45 socket.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into the other RJ45 socket on

inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other the same way.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485/422

B-socket

Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Page 186: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

CyberPower

186 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4.84 CyberPower

Overview

Integrated RS485 interface

8-pin cable for the RS485 connection of the Solar-Log™

The communication addresses (1-247) have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™ (Page 19)

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Allocate communication address

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

partially ready-made RJ45 cable (not included)

or

self-made data cable with RJ45 plug and 6-pin terminal block

connector (Page 17)

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar-Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be connected to

the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface of the

Solar-Log™ or on the Solar-Log1000

also via the RS485 A

interface.

Procedure

1 Connect wires as shown in the diagram below:

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 (Data+) A 3 RS485 A

4 (Data-) B 4 RS485 B

2 Run the wire from the Solar-Log™ to inverter 1 through the hole for

the wire on the bottom of the unit.

3 In the inverter insert the RJ45 plug into the "RS-485 out" socket.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Page 187: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Yaskawa

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 187 of 374

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar-Log500, Solar-

Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

Procedure

1 Insert the RJ45 plug in inverter 1 into the RJ45 socket.

2 Insert the other end of the wire into the other RJ45 socket on

inverter 2.

3 Connect the other inverters to each other the same way.

4 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

5 Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Address range: 1 - 247.

Setting: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions.

4.85 Yaskawa

Overview

Integrated interface

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter

Communication address must be allocated.

3-pin wiring

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™; (Page 19)

• Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

• Set the inverter address

• Connect the inverters to each other

• Terminate the inverter as shown in the inverter's instructions

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

Page 188: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Yaskawa

188 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

self-made cable connection with terminal block connector

(Page 17).

Procedure

1 Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

2 Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

3 If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown

in the following diagram.

Note

The pin designation (e.g. 2-6) refers to terminal block row 2, pin 6.

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

RS485 Inverter

Terminal PIN

1-Data+ (A) 2-6 D+

3-GND 1-8 GND

4-Data- (B) 2-7 D-

4 If only one inverter is to be connected, terminate this in accordance

with the inverter instructions.

5 Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

6 Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar-Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar-Log500, Solar-Log1000)

An RS485 interface is required to connect inverters to each other. The

configuration of the connections is explained in the inverter

manufacturer's manual.

Allocate communication address

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1;

highest possible address: 247

Setting: Using the inverter operating display

Procedure: As set out in the inverter's instructions

Note

Pay particular attention to the notes in the manufacturer's installation manual

in regard to assigning addresses

Page 189: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

G-Tec

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 189 of 374

4.86 G-Tec

Overview

RS485 interface not integrated; has to be retrofitted

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

5 wire cabling with 6 pin terminal block connector

Communication adress does not need to be allocated

Note

The order in which the inverters are displayed in the Solar Log™

after detection is random. We strongly recommend that you

change the order of the inverters immediately after detection at

startup, in the Configuration/Basis/Inverters dialog box (Page

236).

The inverters can be identified using the displayed serial number.

Procedure

Installation steps

Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Connect the inverters to each other

Installing the RS485 interface

Procedure

Install the RS485 interface in the inverter in accordance with the

interface card installation instructions.

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

ready-made BRJ1 data cable (optional extra; not supplied)

or

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect inverters via the RS485/422 B Solar Log™

interface.

Procedure

Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

Page 190: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

G-Tec

190 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown in

the following diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 Inverter

Terminal Pin

1 Rx+

3 GND

4 Rx-

5 Tx+

6 Tx-

Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

If only one inverter is to be connected terminate this in accordance with

the inverter instructions.

Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485/422 B

socket

Connecting the inverters to each other

(Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable).

Where to connect: RJ45 socket outside the inverter.

Procedure

Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the inverter

instructions.

Close inverters.

Page 191: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Huawei

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 191 of 374

4.87 Huawei

Overview

Interface integrated

Where to connect: RJ45 socket on the outside of the inverter

2 pin wiring

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

Allocate communication address

Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

Connect the inverters to each other

Connect the inverter to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made cable connection with RS485 data cable and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Procedure

Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as shown in

the following diagram.

If only one inverter is to be connected it has to be terminated.

Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485 socket.

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

The Solar Log™ also has an RJ45 socket, which must never be

connected to the RJ45 socket on the inverter!

Only connect the inverter using the RS485/422 B interface

of the Solar Log™ or on the Solar Log1000

also via the

RS485 A interface.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar Log500

, Solar Log1000

)

Connect using a network cable (patch cable)

Where to connect: 2 RJ45 sockets

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

RJ45 inverter

Terminal PIN

1 1 or 4

4 2 or 5

Page 192: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solectria

192 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

Insert the RJ45 plug into any RJ45 socket on the first inverter.

Insert the other end of the wire into any RJ45 socket on inverter 2.

Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

Terminate in the last inverter in accordance with the manufacturer's

specifications.

Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485 socket.

4.88 Solectria

These instructions are valid for the types following:

PVI 10KW

PVI 13KW

PVI 15KW

Overview

Interface integrated.

Where to connect: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

3 pin wiring.

Communication address must be allocated.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar-Log™.

• Connect the inverter and the Solar-Log™.

• Connecting the inverters to each other.

• Assign each inverter a communication address in a range from

1 to 16. Each address can only be assigned once.

Connect the inverter to the Solar-Log™

The wiring is done using a

prefabricated data cable (optional extra; not supplied).

a self-made, shielded, twisted pair data cable and terminal

block connector.

Page 193: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solectria

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 193 of 374

Procedure

Open the inverter as described in the inverter instructions.

Solar-Log™ terminal block connector

Terminal strip inside the inverter

Terminal Pin

1 (Data+) RS 485 A

3 (Ground) RS 485 G

4 (Data-) RS 485 B

Pull the free wires through the wire opening in the inverter.

If you are fabricating the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown in the following diagram.

Even if only one inverter is to be connected it must be

terminated.

Close the inverter if no other inverters are to be connected.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

Connecting the inverters to each other (Solar-Log500,

Solar-Log1000)

Connect using a twisted pair, shielded data cable.

Connect point: Terminal strip inside the inverter.

Procedure

If you are making the cable yourself, connect the wires as

shown.

Connect the cables to the other inverters according to

manufacturer specifications.

Terminate the last inverter.

Insert the terminal block connector into the Solar Log™ RS485

socket.

The RS485 connections on the terminal strip are each double connections so

that the wiring can be continued to the next inverter.

Procedure

1. Connect the data cable to the free terminals A, B and G of inverter 1.

Page 194: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting the inverters

Solectria

194 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

2. Insert the other end of the cable into terminals A, B and G of inverter

2.

3. Connect the other inverters to each other in the same way.

4. Terminate the last inverter:

5. Close inverters.

Allocate communication addresses

Recommendation: Continuous numbering starting with 1.

Settings: Using the inverter operating display.

Procedure: As set out in the inverter manufacturer’s

instructions.

Page 195: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Analog modem package (Solar Log1000)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 195 of 374

5 Connecting accessories

5.1 Analog modem package (Solar Log1000)

The analog modem comes in two versions:

Home analog modem

Industrial analog modem

An analog telephone connection is required to operate the modem. This

is commonly available, along with ISDN technology, in the telephone

system or through a router.

For the data connection to the Internet, Solar Log1000

establishes an

Internet-by-call connection. Some telephone systems have blocks that

prevent this kind of dial-up access.

If the Solar Log1000

dial-up function is to be used, the corresponding

telephone number must be assigned to the telephone socket used.

Before connecting the analog modem package, the connection should

be tested by making incoming and outgoing telephone calls from an

analog telephone.

Contents of Solar Log1000 modem package

Serial RS232 cable

Telephone connecting cable

Power supply unit

Connection

1 Connect the modem to the RS232 connection on the Solar Log1000

using the serial RS232 cable

2 Connect the modem to the TAE telephone socket using the

telephone cable.

3 Plug the power supply unit into the modem and switch on the

modem.

All other settings are configured through the Solar Log1000

display. A PC

is not necessary.

Page 196: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Mobile phone package (Solar Log1000)

196 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

5.2 Mobile phone package (Solar Log1000)

The mobile phone package connects the Solar Log1000

to the Internet

through the mobile phone network.

In addition to the mobile phone package, a SIM card from the desired

mobile service provider is required (this is not included in the package).

Connection

Insert the SIM card in the modem:

1 Push the cover on the top of the modem in the direction of the arrow

2 Insert the SIM card in the slot located under the cover

Please read the related instructions supplied with the modem..

3 Screw the external antenna into the modem

Find a suitable position with good reception quality for the magnetic

base antenna. If necessary, check the reception first with a mobile

phone. Good reception is important for a reliable data connection.

4 Connect the modem to the Solar Log1000

using the serial RS232

cable

5 Plug the RJ11 connector of the power supply unit into the modem

All other settings are configured through the Solar Log™ display. A PC

is not necessary.

Page 197: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Sensor Box

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 197 of 374

5.3 Sensor Box

Up to 9 MT sensor boxes can be connected to the Solar Log1000

.

The Solar Log1000

can record and save environmental data with the MT

sensor box (optional extra). This environmental data includes:

Irradiation sensor data

Module temperature

Ambient temperature (optional, sensor accessory)

Wind speed (optional, sensor accessory)

The above data form important parameters in further evaluations and

analyses to measure yield.

Notes on roof mounting

The irradiation sensor is specially designed for continuous use in

outside areas (IP65). The cables supplied for the MT sensor box are UV

and weather resistant.

Caution

Risk of damage to the unit!

Moisture ingress can cause short circuiting and can destroy the

MT Sensor Box and Solar Log1000

!

Important:

Opening the sensor is not necessary and would cause the

warranty to become void.

All components are simply screwed on.

5.3.1 Technical description

The sensor box can also be integrated in the bus wiring of the inverters.

To do this, a sensor box with version 2 hardware is required.

Note

When using inverters with RS422 communication, do not operate

the Senor Box on the same bus.

Sensor mounting

The sensor box must be fitted parallel, i.e. with the same alignment and

inclination as the modules, to a rail on the sub-frame using the fixing

Page 198: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Sensor Box

198 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

screws. It should be fitted in a place where there is as little

overshadowing as possible. It is not necessary to go to the trouble of

fitting a cell temperature sensor because this is integrated into the

radiation sensor.

Please note when fitting the sensor that the connection cable must be

arranged as shown in the drawing.

Module temperature sensor

Module temperature is detected by an integrated cell sensor, thus

avoiding the costly process of mounting a sensor on the back of the

module.

Fitting optional sensors

The temperature sensor must be fitted in a shady place with a wall

bracket. The connection plug is screwed firmly into the 3 pin inlet on the

radiation sensor.

As far as possible, the wind wheel should be installed in a high,

exposed position using the mounting bracket. The connection plug is

screwed firmly into the 2 pin inlet on the radiation sensor.

Cabling for the data line to the Solar Log1000

The sensor box is connected to the Solar LogTM

using the RS485

interface. The connection cable between the radiation sensor and the

Solar LogTM

has 4 wires and includes the 12 volt power supply and the

data line to the Solar LogTM

. A separate power supply unit is not

required.

The connection cable can be extended (up to 100 m). However, a 12 V

supply voltage must be provided at the end of the cable. For longer

stretches please select a larger cable cross section.

The cable must be suitably protected in outside areas (IP54). The

cabling in inside areas can consist of a shielded data cable. The cable

shielding must have an equipotential bond. The four wires in the

connection cable must be connected to the 4 pin connection plug on the

Solar Log™.

Page 199: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Sensor basic

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 199 of 374

Setting up (commissioning) the Solar Log™

When the Solar LogTM

is switched on, the sensor box is also powered

up automatically. Then the sensor box must be configured to the

required free RS485 interface:

1. On the screen call up Config / Start / Initial configuration. To do

this also see the installation manual Chapter 7 - Setting up

(commissioning).

2. When selecting the inverter tick MT sensor.

3. Perform inverter detection.

The sensor box is integrated into the system like an inverter.

Further configuration is done using the Solar LogTM

web interface.

5.4 Sensor basic

The Mencke & Tegtmeyer GmbH engineering practice solar radiation

sensor must be fitted in such a way that the sensor solar cell and the

solar unit modules are aligned as similarly as possible to the sun, i.e.

the sensor must have the same alignment and inclination. The position

of the sensor should be selected so that there is as little overshadowing

as possible and also so that snow in winter cannot impair the operation

of the sensor disproportionately. It is advisable to fit it on the side or

above the solar unit to achieve this. With units that are parallel to the

roof protruding fitting bars can normally be used as a fitting surface. In

other cases a suitable fitting aid may have to be acquired.

Important:

It is not necessary to open the sensor to fit it. However, if the housing is

opened no there can be no guarantee of water tightness and proper

operation.

Note

When using inverters with RS422 communication, do not operate

the Senor basic on the same bus.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Sensor Box

1 (Data+) Data+ A (Brown)

2 (+12 V) +12 V (Red)

3 (GND) GND (Black)

4 (Data-) Data B (Yellow)

Page 200: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Sensor basic

200 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Wiring the data line to the Solar LogTM

The connection cable has 4 wires and includes the 12 V power

supply and the data line to the Solar Log™.

No separate power supply is required.

The connection cable can be extended (up to 50 m). However,

an 8 V supply voltage at least must be provided at the end of the

cable.

The cable must also be suitably protected in outside areas. The

cable must be suitably protected in outside areas (IP54). The

cabling in inside areas can consist of a shielded data cable.

The sensor basic is connected to the Solar Log™ via the RS485

interface parallel to the inverter bus (from firmware 2.5) or via a

free RS485 interface.

The cable shielding must have an equipotential bond.

The four wires in the connection cable must be connected to the

4 pin connection plug on the Solar-Log™. The connection

assignments are printed on the back of the sensor and must be

made as follows:

Solar-Log™ terminal strip connector

Sensor basic cable

1 (Data+) Brown: Data+

2 (+12 V) Red: +12 Vdc (Vcc)

3 (GND) Black: 0 V (GND)

4 (Data-) Orange: Data-

Startup

When the Solar Log™ is switched on, the sensor box is also

powered up automatically.

Then the Sensor basic must be configured to the desired RS485

interface:

1 On the display call up Config / Start /Initial configuration or the web

interface on the Solar Log200

.

2 When selecting the inverter tick "M&T Sensor".

Carry out inverter detection. The sensor basic is integrated into the

system like an inverter.

Page 201: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Ripple-control receiver (only Solar Log™ PM+)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 201 of 374

5.5 Ripple-control receiver (only Solar Log™ PM+)

The Solar Log™ PM+ contains an additional 6 pin interface which

allows up to two ripple control receivers or telecontrol plants each with 4

signals to be connected.

Wiring

The relay contacts for the ripple control receiver are connected to the

Solar LogTM

via the 6 pin PM+ interface on the top side of the Solar

LogTM

.

PM+ interface on the top side of the Solar LogTM

PM+ models

Pin allocation for 6 pin terminal block connector

To ensure the highest degree of flexibility, the reduction levels specified

by the network operator, together with their signals at the ripple control

receiver, can be evaluated by the Solar LogTM

via a maximum of four

digital inputs for each.

Note

You can find examples of the cabling for ripple control receivers on our

website: www.solar-log.com/pm+

PIN Allocation Description

1 +5 V For active power control

2 D_In_1 Level 1

3 D_In_2 Level 2

4 D_In_3 Level 3

5 D_In_4 Level 4

6 +5 V For reactive power control

Page 202: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Connecting accessories

Ripple-control receiver (only Solar Log™ PM+)

202 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

The rest of the configuration of the feed-in management is carried out

on the web-interface of the Solar Log1000

PM+ in the

Configuration / Extended / Feed-In Management dialog box

(Page 257).

Page 203: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

Large display (Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 203 of 374

6 Other connections

6.1 Large display (Solar Log500, Solar Log1000)

Large displays can be connected to the Solar Log™ via two interfaces:

Connection through RS485 output

S0 pulse output

The connection through RS485 is preferable. Cable lengths can be up

to 500 m and the data can be displayed selectively on the Solar Log™.

Connection through RS485 A output

If inverters are connected and theses are using the RS422

interface (e.g. Fronius, AEG, Riello), then it is not possible to

connect a display through the bus.

If the display is looped through the same cable as the inverters, the

display must be configured accordingly in the interface parameters.

Wiring for displays made by Schneider Displaytechnik

The wiring consists of a 3 pin control cable, (3 × 0.5 mm²) and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Terminal block connector Solar Log

500

Display

RS485A or RS485/422B terminal

1 A

3 GND

4 B

Further information about connection can be obtained from the

manufacturer of the display.

Wiring for displays from RiCo Electronic

The wiring consists of a 2 pin control cable, (2 × 0.5 mm²) and terminal

block connector (Page 17).

Terminal block connector Solar Log

1000

Display

RS485A or RS485/422B terminal

1 Pin 1: Data+

4 Pin 2: Data–

Further information about connection can be obtained from the

manufacturer of the display.

Page 204: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

Relay (only for Solar Log1000)

204 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Connection through S0 output

If the S0 output is used, only the current feed-in power can be

transmitted in the form of a pulse sequence. The display has to

calculate the power output and total yield by itself.

Wiring for a contact-controlled S0 output (Example: RiCo Electronic)

The wiring consists of a 2-pin shielded cable (2 x 0.6 mm²) (up to 100 m

long), and terminal block connector (Page17).

The pulse rate configuration for the Solar Log500

is located on Page

298.

For the Solar Log1000

on Page 345.

Solar Log™ S0-Out

Solar Log™ S0 In/Out terminal Display

6 S0-

5 S0+

Further information about connection can be obtained from the

manufacturer of the display.

Pulse factor

In the standard setting, Solar Log1000

sends 1000 pulses/kWh over the

S0 output. The pulse factor must be configured according to the size of

the plant (kWp):

Plant size kWp Pulse factor

30 kWp 2000

60 kWp 1000

100 kWp 600

150 kWp 400

300 kWp 200

600 kWp 100

Note that the pulse factor in the Solar Log™ must have the same

setting as the connected device.

6.2 Relay (only for Solar Log1000)

The Solar Log1000

has a potential-free control relay, which is activated if

there is an alarm or a fault.

The relay may be loaded with a maximum of 24 V DC and 5 A.

220 V consumers must be connected through another load

relay.

Page 205: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

External power meter

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 205 of 374

Wiring

The wiring is made through the supplied 3 pin connector;

Page17.

PIN1 and PIN2 are normally used for switching the load relay:

– In the Off state,

Pin 1-2 open

Pin 2-3 closed.

– In the ON state (alarm/fault active),

Pin 1-2 closed

Pin 2-3 open.

The relay function can be configured and tested on the Solar Log1000

display in the Config./Extended/Alarm contact dialog box

(Page 347).

6.3 External power meter

External power meters can be connected to the Solar Log™ via the S0

input as well additional power meters via the RS-485 bus.

The meter values can be displayed as:

an inverter

a feed-in meter

a consumption meter or

Utility Meter (see page 275)

(only Solar Log1000

PM+).

Note

We recommend using the meters that we have tested and offer.

We cannot guarantee the functionality of other products.

If the consumption meter option is used in connection with the 24 hour

graphic display, the Solar Log™ can determine the PV plant's own

consumption rate by comparing power consumed with power produced.

Note

From Firmware 2.8.1 Build 48, consumption meter from plant

groups can be organized.

The organization is only possible, when in (Power management)

Configuration // Extended // Power management

one of the self- consumption rules are selected.

Page 206: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

External power meter

206 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Wiring for S0 meter

The S0 connection on the external current meter is connected to the 6

pin S0 In/Out connector as follows.

Solar Log™ Power meter

Terminal

1 S0+

2 S0-

3 jumper

4

Wiring for Inepro 75D meter via S0

Solar Log™ Power meter

Terminal

1 S0+ - Pin 6

2 S0- - Pin 5

3 jumper

4

Wiring for Inepro 1250D meter via S0

Solar Log™ Power meter

Terminal

1 S0+ - Pin 9

2 S0- - Pin 8

3 jumper

4

The cable between the current meter and Solar LogTM

should be not

longer than 10 m.

The standard pulse factor is 1000 pulses/kWh. The value can be

changed in Config./Basic/Inverter on inverter 1 (Page 325 / 327).

Wiring for Inepro RS485 meter

The meter's RS485 output can be connected to the RS485A or

RS485/422B interface of the Solar Log™.

Note

Only one Inepro RS 485 meter can be used for each Solar Log™

interface.

]

]

]

Page 207: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

External power meter

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 207 of 374

Note

If possible, use one RS485 connection each for the inverter and for

the Utility Meter. This allows the control times for the inverter to be

optimized.

Note

The meter cannot be used together with inverters that are

connected to RS422 (e.g. Fronius) at the same bus input.

Overview

2 pin wiring

Communication address does not have to be assigned.

Installation steps

• Switch off the inverter and the Solar Log™; Page 19

• Connect inverters to the Solar Log™

Connect inverters to the Solar Log™

The wiring is done using a

self-made, shielded 2 wire data cable and 6 pin terminal block

connector (Page17).

Procedure

1 Connect the wires for the connecting line as shown in the following

diagram.

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Inepro 75D terminal strip

Inepro 1250D terminal strip

Utility meter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal

1 8 11 22 - B

2 - -

4 7 10 23 - A

2 Insert terminal block connector into RS485A or RS485/422B socket

of the Solar Log™.

3 Carry out inverter detection. The energy meter is incorporated into

the system as if it were an inverter.

Page 208: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

Connection of alarm contact (Solar Log1000)

208 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4 Assign current meter function

Please select from

-inverter mode

-total yield meter

-consumption meter or

-utility meter

If an Inepro 1250D is used the PRG button on the meter must be

pressed during detection.

If it is not possible to press the PRG button we recommend

connecting the meter to the Solar Log™ prior to installation in

order to be able to press the PRG button during detection.

In a second detection attempt the meter is then detected by the

Solar Log™ even if the PRG button is not pressed.

The Inepro meters are automatically given the mod bus address

234 by Solar Log™ during the detection process.

This address is therefore not allowed to be used for other devices.

After the configuration the display on the Inepro meters alternates

between the meter status and the address display (ID=EA); this is

how you know if Solar Log™ has made the correct detection.

6.4 Connection of alarm contact (Solar Log1000)

The Solar Log1000

has an alarm contact which is triggered if the

connection is broken. For wiring to the mounting frame or to the

modules, use a thin weather-resistant cable that breaks when strained.

The maximum cable length is around 500 m.

This function can be used to provide anti-theft protection for the

modules or inverters. It can also be used for access control by means of

a door contact switch, or for monitoring isolating switches.

An alarm message can be sent by

relay,

e-mail or

text message (SMS).

The alarm function can be configured and tested on the Solar Log1000

display in the Config./Extended/Alarm contact dialog box

(Page 347).

Page 209: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Other connections

Connection of alarm contact (Solar Log1000)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 209 of 374

Connection

The connection is made with a 3 pin connector.

Connect PIN1 and PIN3

The alarm is triggered if this connection is broken.

Page 210: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Connecting Solar Log™ to a network / PC

210 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

7 Setting Up (Commissioning)

Before setting up, ensure that there is no damage to the power

supply. If in doubt, please contact the address indicated on the

back cover of this manual.

Before startup, check that the input voltage on the unit is the

same as the voltage supply in your country.

The unit must be operated only with the power supply unit

supplied.

The unit is intended only for installation in interior areas that are

dry and dust-free.

Attention

The Solar-Log™ needs permanent connection to the grid. In

order to avoid data loss and to secure perfect monitoring

7.1 Connecting Solar Log™ to a network / PC

The Solar Log™ is equipped with a standard Ethernet RJ45 socket,

which can be connected through any commercially available network

cable. Speeds of 10 Mbit and 100 Mbit are supported.

In general, any PC network technology can be used for connecting the

Solar Log™. The following technologies are available:

Connection through an Internet router (Ethernet RJ45 network

cable)

Direct cable connection from PC to Solar Log™

(Ethernet RJ45 network cable)

If connecting directly to a PC, the cable must be the Crossover

network cable type.

Connection through a power network (PowerLine package)

Connection through a wireless network (Solar Log™ WiFi)

If the Solar LogTM

is operated via a router, ensure that the

necessary ports ( Internet ports; Page 368) have been approved.

Since the Solar Log™ obtains its IP address while booting, it

needs to be connected to the network before being turned on.

Page 211: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Connecting Solar Log™ to a network / PC

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 211 of 374

Instructions for connection through the PowerLine package

If using the Solar Log™ PowerLine package, the Solar Log™ can be

connected to the PowerLine adapter using the network cable supplied.

Next, connect the PC, switch or Internet router are connected through

the second PowerLine adapter.

The two power connectors are connected to each other automatically

and then act as power supply network cables.

The PowerLine adapters should not be connected to a multi-outlet

power strip, as other power adapters will affect the data quality.

Note

The Solar LogTM

must not be connected directly to a TNV

(Telecommunication Network Voltage) circuit.

Page 212: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log200

212 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

7.2 Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log200

The Solar Log200

is configured completely through a connected PC or

laptop.

Requirements

All cables and accessories (if any) have been connected to the

Solar Log200

.

The Solar Log200

is connected to an Internet router.

The DHCP service is enabled on the Internet router.

DHCP is also enabled on the PC or laptop.

Easy Installation

From firmware version 2.4.0 the initial start up can be carried out with

the Easy Installation configuration wizard depending on the language

and country selected. However, Easy Installation can currently only be

used with certain inverters.

The Solar LogTM

then carries out the initial setting up (commissioning)

intuitively step by step.

For more information, please refer to the Quick Start Guide supplied.

Initial configuration

The initial configuration of Solar Log200

is made through a Web browser.

1 Enter the address http://solar-log in the address bar of the web

browser.

A selection of languages is displayed.

2 Select the desired language

The welcome screen then appears.

Page 213: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log200

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 213 of 374

3 On the navigation bar at the top, click on Configuration

The initial configuration window opens.

The dialog window is divided into sections that allow you to

Adjust the Date / Time

Configure the SMA-Bluetooth (only for Solar Log200

BT) and

Select the inverter on RS-485/422-B.

"Date and Time" section

In the initial configuration, the date and time must be checked and

adjusted if necessary. The Solar Log200

is pre-set at the factory.

However, the settings may be lost due to long periods of storage

without a power supply.

Page 214: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log200

214 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

To adjust the time display (Date / Time):

1 Enter the correct time in the New input box, in the same format as in

the display field above it.

2 Click on Save.

Inverter selection

On the Solar Log200

(BT), either the Bluetooth, or the RS485/422 B, or

the network interface can be selected, depending on the inverter used.

For an SMA Bluetooth inverter (available only with Solar Log200

BT):

1 In the SMA Bluetooth section, enter the serial number of the

inverter and click on Activate.

Or for inverter connection through the RS485/422 B interface:

1 In the Inverter on RS485/422-B section, select the manufacturer

from the list.

Or for inverter connection through the router:

1 In the Inverter on network section, select the manufacturer from

the list.

2 Click on Save.

As soon as the settings are saved, the Solar Log200

automatically starts detecting the inverter.

The inverter must be connected to the Solar Log200

and be

feeding into the network, so that the communication module

can operate.

Once the AC converter has been detected, LED2 on the unit starts

flashing. Depending on the inverter used, this process can take

between 5 seconds and 10 minutes.

The Solar Log is then restarted and data recording starts immediately:

LED1 and LED2 are lit.

This completes the initial configuration.

Note

If inverter detection is not completed successfully, check the cable

connection between the Solar Log200

and the inverter, and check

the related installation instructions in Section4 "Connecting the

inverters".

Page 215: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log500

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 215 of 374

7.3 Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log500

The initial setting up of Solar Log500

is performed through the unit

display and using the keypad. For further details of startup and

configuration, please refer to Section9 "Solar Log500

: Configuration at

the unit", Page295.

Requirements

All cables and accessories (if any) have been connected to the

Solar Log200

.

The Solar Log200

is connected to an Internet router.

The DHCP service is enabled on the Internet router.

DHCP is also enabled on the PC or laptop.

Easy Installation

From firmware version 2.4.0 the initial start up can be carried out with

the Easy Installation configuration wizard depending on the language

and country selected. However, Easy Installation can currently only be

used with certain inverters.

The Solar LogTM

then carries out the initial setting up (commissioning)

intuitively step by step.

For more information, please refer to the Quick Start Guide supplied.

When the unit is first switched on, you will be asked to select a

language for the display and the PC controls, and to select your country

(Page 297):

1 Select the desired display language from the list.

2 Press ENTER to save.

3 Select the desired country from the list.

4 Press ENTER to save.

With "Easy Install", the next steps are completed automatically. These

are:

Automatic inverter search

To do this the inverters must be connected to the Solar

Log500

and feeding into the network so that the

communication module is working.

Internet registration – the unit must be connected to an

Internet router with automatic IP Address allocation.

If you exit "Easy Install" at this point, you can complete it at a later time:

In the menu, select Easy Install.

Page 216: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log1000

216 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Initial configuration

The other configuration steps can be performed on a PC or laptop.

These include:

Configure inverter data (Page 236)

Set the order of the inverters (Page 231)

Make the network settings if necessary (Page 222)

Enter the address http://solar-login the address bar of

the web browser.

For further details, please refer to Section8 "Configuration at a PC“,

Page 220.

7.4 Initial setting up (commissioning) of Solar Log1000

The initial startup of the Solar Log1000

is performed on the touchscreen,

after all the connections have been made and, as far as possible, the

Solar Log1000

has also been connected to the Internet router.

All settings made at the initial startup can be changed at a later time.

Easy Installation

From firmware version 2.4.0 the initial start up can be carried out with

the Easy Installation configuration wizard depending on the language

and country selected. Easy Installation can be started on initial

commissioning and carries out the initial setting up (commissioning)

intuitively step by step.

For more information, please refer to the Quick Start Guide supplied.

"Easy Installation" contains the following configuration steps:

Automatic inverter search

To do this the inverters must be connected to the Solar

Log1000

and feeding into the network so that the

communication module is working.

Internet registration – the unit must be connected to an

Internet router with automatic IP Address allocation.

If you want to exit "Easy Installation", and prefer the conventional

method.

Page 217: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

LED display with Easy Installation

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 217 of 374

Touch Manual installation

"Easy Installation" can also be completed at a later time.

In the menu, select Config. / Start / Easy Installation

Conventional setting up (commissioning)

The 'conventional' initial setting up (commissioning) takes you through

the following configuration points:

Language selection (Page 355)

Country settings (Page 356)

Confirmation of terms of warranty for the touchscreen display

Initial configuration (Page 311)

Inverter detection (Page 313)

7.5 LED display with Easy Installation

While the Solar LogTM

is going through the Easy Installation procedure

the relevant steps are displayed via the status LEDs 1 and 2.

Figure 12: LED status display

LED 1 Status

flashes slowly Inverter manufacturer is being

detected

flashes quickly Inverter is being detected

On Search for inverters has ended

LED 2 Status

flashes slowly DHCP server is being detected

flashes quickly Attempting Internet log in

On Internet log in successful

The red LED P indicates the presence of the power supply.

Page 218: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

Starting Easy Installation retroactively

218 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

LED E is not lit during normal fault-free operation..

If lit or flashing, it indicates that a malfunction has occurred (Page

357).

7.6 Starting Easy Installation retroactively

If the Easy Installation function was not used during initial operation, or one of

the installation steps was not able to be carried out correctly, you have the

option of restarting the process under Configuration / Extended / Internet.

Dialog box for restarting Easy Installation

The registration status field shows the level of completion of the process, and

when errors have arisen.

Page 219: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Setting Up (Commissioning)

LED status display

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 219 of 374

7.7 LED status display

After initial startup, the operating statuses of the Solar Log™ and the

inverters are shown on the status display.

On the front of the unit at the bottom left are four LEDs that show the

operating status of the unit.

Figure 13: LED status display

LED status display

Depending on the operating status, LED 1, LED 2, and LED E may

flash quickly or slowly, and may be lit steadily or switched off.

The red lit LED P indicates the presence of the power. If the P LED is

blinking, this indicates that the inverter is being controlled by the power

management.

LED E is not lit during normal fault-free operation.

If lit or flashing, it indicates that a malfunction has occurred (Page

357).

Normal operation

LED 1 LED 2 LED E Meaning

quickly quickly off Max. 5 min.: Device starts

lit slow off Synchronizing time via Internet

off quickly off Reading configuration from inverter

lit lit off Normal operation Inverter online

lit off off Normal operation Inverter offline,

e.g. at night when there is no feed-

in

Page 220: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Starting configuration

220 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8 Configuration at a PC

Solar Log™ has an integrated web server, which contains all the

software necessary for operation and configuration; no additional

software needs to be installed on the PC.

A common web browser is required on which it is possible to use

JavaScript and this option is enabled.

We recommend using the web browser "Mozilla Firefox".

To run the web browser, a network connection is required between the

PC and Solar Log™, and Solar Log™ must be up and running.

The DHCP service must be enabled on the connected router.

8.1 Starting configuration

To open the Solar Log™ main dialog window:

1 Start the web browser, enter http://solar-log in the address bar and

press the ENTER key

Alternatively you can also access the Solar LogTM

via the IP address

169.254.wx.yz. Here wxyz stand for the last 4 characters of the

Solar LogTM

serial number. If there are several Solar-LogsTM on the

network a special logger can be activated by entering http://solar-

log-wxyz or the aforementioned IP address.

The welcome screen is displayed, showing various information

and the main menu:

2 To go to the configuration dialog boxes, click on Configuration in

the navigation bar at the top.

Note

This manual describes only the menu items related to

configuration. The other menu items are explained in the user

manual.

Page 221: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Overview of "Configuration" menu navigation

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 221 of 374

8.2 Overview of "Configuration" menu navigation

Configuration Start (only

Solar-Log200

) Initial configuration

Basic Lan

WLAN (only for Solar

Log™ WiFi)

Plant groups (only for

Solar Log1000

)

Inverter order (only for

Solar Log1000

, 500

)

Inverter replacement

(only for Solar Log1000

, 500

)

Inverters (only for Solar

Log1000

, 500

)

Forecast

Graphic.

Advanced Internet

WEB export

E-mail

Text message (SMS)

Errors

Graphic.

Power management

Internal Back-up

System

Update

Page 222: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan)

222 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.3 Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan)

The network settings are configured correctly at the initial startup and

only need to be modified if, for example, the type of network access is

being changed at a later time.

Note Solar Log

1000

The network settings are configured through the web browser in

the same way as when they are configured directly on the display

(Page 315).

Opening the dialog box

In the tab on the left, select Basis / Lan

The following dialog box appears on the right.

Page 223: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 223 of 374

This is divided into the following sections:

Network settings

Internet access

Network router

This is only available if the "Network Router" option is enabled in

the "Internet Access" section.

analog modem (Solar Log1000

analog modem package)

GPRS modem (Solar Log200

/1000

GPRS / mobile communication

package)

"Network Settings" section

If no Internet connection is available, the following functions are not

enabled: E-mail, text messages (SMS), data input to the homepage. In

this case, only local access is possible, either through the PC or router.

1 Under IP Address enter the fixed IP number if Obtain IP Address

automatically is deactivated.

The default address is 192.168.178.49 and must be adapted through

a direct PC connection, or through a router without the DHCP

service, in order to allow access from the PC.

2 The Subnet mask is 055.255.255.0 by default and must be the

same over the whole network.

"Internet Access" section

If Network-Router is selected, the Solar Log™ routes all Internet-

specific data through the network interface to the gateway address. The

router installed there is responsible for ensuring that the data are routed

correctly.

"Network Router (DSL, cable, ISDN)" section

If enabled in the Internet Access section, the Network-Router section

is displayed. The following inputs are required:

3 Under IP Address set obtain automatically.

This is only possible if the Solar LogTM

is connected to an Internet

router that allows the DHCP function. When the search is started,

the Solar Log™ attempts to obtain an IP address through an Internet

router. This can take up to 60 seconds.

If the DHCP server is disabled in the router, network configuration

must be carried out manually. In this case, please consult a network

specialist who can assign a suitable network address, make the

other gateway settings, and so on.

4 The IP address of the Gateway is obtained dynamically by DHCP.

5 Click on Save.

Page 224: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan)

224 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

When the settings are saved, the Solar LogTM

is restarted. After

restarting, the new IP address is shown accordingly, and the

network settings are active.

"Analog modem" section (Solar Log1000

analog modem package)

If Internet access by analog modem has been selected, the access data

of the telephone service provider must be entered here.

Internet-by-call No., user name, password

This is pre-set to Internet-by-call access through Arcor, but can be

modified as necessary.

Pre-dial "0".

In certain telephone systems, a "0" has to be dialed before dialing

the actual telephone number.

Dial tone Off

In a standard modem, the dialing process is audible; this provides a

good initial testing function until the connection is established. The

dial tone can then be switched off.

If there are problems with the Internet connection, the best solution

is to check the line with a conventional telephone to determine

whether the telephone connection is working or is disconnected. In

this way, you can find out quickly and easily whether it is necessary

to pre-dial "0".

Note: You should ensure that the telephone system allows charge

group 0190.. numbers (toll numbers).

Allow dial in

Solar Log1000

generally allows dial up if an analog modem is used.

This means that the Solar Log1000

can be dialed up from outside

using a PC and another modem, if this has been enabled.

Max. dial in attempts

The field max. dial in attempts allows you to define how many times

per day the modem dials in.

Page 225: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 225 of 374

Dial in password

The password is "solarlog", but this should be changed.

1 If the default Internet-by-call access is to be changed:

Enter the above data

2 Click on Save.

"GPRS modem" section (only for Solar-Log200

/1000

GPRS)

All data are already factory-set for German networks; simply select your

own network.

1 Insert the SIM card in Solar Log1000

GPRS (Page 14)

2 Select a mobile network from the Mobile Service Providers list.

Or: Other … from the list, enter the details of another mobile service

provider, and enter the PIN for the SIM card in the appropriate

boxes.

Note

The mobile service provider recommends leaving the user name

and password empty; however, sometimes it is necessary to type

in some text in order to establish the data connection successfully.

3 The field max. dial in attempts allows you to define how many times

per day the modem dials in.

Note

When the number of dial attempts has been set rather low, it could

happen that fault messages are not sent.

4 Tick Connection time / Always stay online if continuous data

transmission is required.

If this option is enabled, the modem remains constantly switched on,

and can receive or transmit. This setting is recommended for flat-

Page 226: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring network settings (Basis / Lan)

226 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

rate tariffs. Use Always stay online if you are using an appropriate

mobile communication tariff.

5 Tick SMS by modem if direct text messages (SMS) are to be sent.

5 Tick Roaming to activate this function. If this option is activated the

modem can connect within outside networks and thus – depending

on the tariff – generate additional costs.

6 Click on Save.

When the settings are saved, the Solar Log1000

GPRS is

restarted. After restarting, the network settings become active.

Page 227: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log™ WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 227 of 374

8.4 Solar Log™ WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

Note

If Solar-Log™ WiFi has not yet been configured on the unit display,

then it must be registered on the router at the initial log on to the

WiFi by network cable. The Solar-Log™ tries to find its IP Address

by DHCP and is then addressed through the browser as "solar-

log".

Opening the dialog box

On the navigation bar on the left, select Basis/WLAN

The following dialog box appears on the right.

This is divided into the following sections:

WLAN

Network selection

Network settings

Page 228: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log™ WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

228 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

"WLAN" section

Activated / Deactivated

These radio buttons can be used to switch WLAN access on or off.

Status

The bar shows the connection status and reception quality.

"Network selection" section

Find wireless networks

This button is used to initiate a search for wireless networks.

Network name (SSID)

The name of the network is entered here. If the network name is

hidden ("Hidden SSID"), the Access Point is not displayed by the

network scan. In this case, enter the network name manually.

Network key

Enter the network key here.

"Network Settings" section

Obtain automatically (DHCP)

Caution: These settings apply to the WLAN connection to the

router. We recommend using DHCP. The IP address is obtained

automatically if the Solar Log1000

is connected to an Internet router

which allows the DHCP service. After saving and the automatic

restart, the new IP address is displayed.

All routers usually come with the DHCP service enabled, so that all

the subsequent data are entered automatically:

– IP Address, Subnet Mask

Here you can configure the IP address and Subnet mask of the

Solar Log1000

if necessary.

The default address is 192.168.178.49 and can be adapted only

through a direct PC connection, or through a router without the

DHCP service, in order to allow access from the PC.

In this case, please consult a network specialist who can assign

a suitable network address, make the other gateway settings,

and so on.

– Gateway

The gateway is the router to which Solar Log1000

is connected. Its

IP address is entered here automatically, if the DHCP service is

enabled on the router.

– Alternate DNS server

In some networks, the DNS server is a separate address for

resolving Internet addresses (unlike a gateway). In this case, the

IP address of the DNS server is entered here.

1 Enter all the related data (see above list)

2 Click on Save.

Page 229: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000: Defining system groups (Basic / Plant Groups)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 229 of 374

8.5 Solar Log1000: Defining system groups (Basic / Plant Groups)

As the Solar Log1000

can manage up to 100 inverters at the same time,

it is helpful to divide these into groups. To provide a clearer overview,

these groups are then shown in all selection dialog boxes. Each system

group can also be shown on a special large display.

A name can be assigned to each plant group, or even a specific tariff

payment and a yearly target value. Plant groups are therefore also

suitable for managing system expansions.

Example: If a plant which originally has 5 inverters and 30 kWp in the

year 2009 is then extended with 3 more inverters and 20 kWp in the

year 2011, these can be managed conveniently in Solar Log1000

in

separate groups.

Individual inverters can then be selected from the group concerned.

Opening the dialog box

On the navigation bar on the left, select Basic / Plant

groups

The following dialog box appears on the right.

This is divided into the following sections:

Plant groups

Page 230: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000: Defining system groups (Basic / Plant Groups)

230 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Group definition

Only available if the "Divide inverters into plant groups" option is

enabled.

"Groups" section

1 Tick The inverters are divided into groups.

The group definition window appears.

"Group definition" section

Up to 10 plant groups can be defined, each containing up to15

inverters:

2 Click on Add.

A list of inverters is displayed:

3 Click on the desired inverter in the list.

The inverter is transferred into the group definition box.

You can click on Delete to remove individual inverters from the

group definition.

4 For each inverter, assign a unique name under Label for each plant

group.

5 For each inverter, enter the individual amount under Feed-in tariff

(cents).

6 For each inverter, enter the target yield quantity under Yearly

targets (kWh / kWp)

7 When you click on Save the settings become active immediately.

Note

From Firmware 2.8.1 Build 48, consumption meter from plant

groups can be organized.

The organization is only possible, when in (Power management)

Configuration // Extended // Power management

one of the self- consumption rules are selected.

Page 231: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500: Setting the inverter order (Basic / Inverter Order)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 231 of 374

8.6 Solar Log1000, 500: Setting the inverter order (Basic / Inverter Order)

The sequential order of the inverters is determined during inverter

detection, and they are normally sorted by their serial number or

communications address.

The inverter order can be re-sorted only inside a data interface. For

example, an inverter connected through the S0 input or Bluetooth

cannot be swapped with another inverter connected through an RS485

interface.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Basic / Inverter Order

The following dialog box appears on the right.

This is divided into the following sections:

Present (current)

New

Various options for data organization

"Currently" section

The inverters are listed on the left in the old order, with current

positions, inverter names and serial numbers / address numbers.

"New" section

The inverters can be re-sorted on the right:

Page 232: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500: Setting the inverter order (Basic / Inverter Order)

232 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

1 Click on Add.

A list of inverters is displayed:

2 Click on the desired inverter in the list

The inverter is transferred into the group definition box.

Section with data organization options

Changing the inverter order also affects the data inside Solar Log™.

There are 3 options for re-organizing the data:

– Leave data unchanged (e.g. inverter exchange)

If an inverter has been replaced due to a fault and therefore has

to be re-detected and integrated with the system, then the order

of the inverters may change. In this case, the new order has to

be configured in this dialog box. However, the data does not

have to be re-sorted – from the point of view of the data logger,

nothing has changed.

– Reorganizing data to new positions (e.g. for extensions)

If the system has been expanded, or if the existing system is to

be re-sorted with data already logged, it is important for the

inverter data to be re-sorted as well. Otherwise, it is no longer

possible to assign the data.

Data reorganization can take some time, depending on the

amount of data already registered. The reorganization process

should never be interrupted!

Note

The reorganization of data is very computation-intensive, and

therefore we recommend separating the inverter from the Solar

Log™ and reconnecting it only after reorganization is complete.

Page 233: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500: Re-detection after an inverter replacement (Basic /Inverter exchange)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 233 of 374

– Erase all data (recommended at initial setup)

Note:Always select this option if the system is being set up for

the first time. This causes the few test data to be deleted and the

Solar Log™ can then start registering data with a clean

database.

3 When the inverter order has been applied in full and the desired data

organization has been activated, click on Save.

When the settings are saved, the Solar LogTM

is restarted.

8.7 Solar Log1000, 500: Re-detection after an inverter replacement (Basic /Inverter exchange)

In plants with numerous inverters, service cases occur from time to time

in which inverters need to be replaced. This can have effects on the

Solar Log, which may need to be informed about the replacement.

There are 2 cases to be considered here:

Inverter with configurable address (e.g. Fronius, Kaco,

Solarmax): If the inverter address number can be configured

directly on the display, only the address of the old inverter must

be assigned to the new inverter.

Inverter with fixed internal address (e.g. SMA, Danfoss): In

this case, the inverter that has been replaced must be

configured in Solar Log. In particular, if more than 1 inverter is

replaced, the re-detection process is time consuming. To make

the process easier, the "Inverter replacement" function is

integrated for all Solar Log models through a WEB interface.

Note

We recommend carrying out a system and data backup prior to re-

detection. Description of system backup (Page286) and data

backup (Page 290).

Note

The scaling for the X-axis (day times in hours) is set in Basics /

Graph (Page 244).

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Basic / Inverter

exchange

The following dialog box appears on the right.

Page 234: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500: Re-detection after an inverter replacement (Basic /Inverter exchange)

234 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

To start inverter detection:

1 Click on the Start subsequent inverter identification button. The

Solar Log™ starts looking for the detectors currently installed.

The search can last for some time, and the display appears as

shown above. The Solar Log™ compares the newly detected

inverters with the list of existing inverters.

A list of inverters is then displayed, where the marked positions indicate

the missing inverters.

2 Click on the Add button to insert the new inverter at the desired

position

Page 235: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Exchanging SMA inverters

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 235 of 374

3 Click on Save. The inverter is now allocated and the Solar Log™

can monitor all inverters again.

8.8 Exchanging SMA inverters

Safety Instructions

Always read and follow all of the instructions in the inverter's manual when

exchanging inverters and components or when updating the inverter's

firmware.

When working on inverters, always disconnect the power connections on

both the AC and DC ends, including pulling the PV string switch out.

Note the cautions and warnings for turning off inverters.

Switch off the Solar Log™; Page 19.

Exchanging SMA inverters via the WEB interface

Check for a new firmware version.

Create a backup.

Check to make sure that all of the inverters are feeding power.

Go to the menu Configuration // Basic // Inverter Exchange in the Solar-

Log™ and start the inverter detection.

Restart the Solar-Log™ to detect additional "channel lists" automatically.

If exchanging inverters via the WEB interface fails, perform the following

steps:

For Solar-Log200

:

Revert to the factory default settings and start the inverter detection.

For Solar Log500, 1000

:

Start the inverter detection via the display on the Solar-Log™.

If this is not successful, revert to the factory default settings and start the

inverter detection.

Procedure in case of logging problems

If the Solar-Log™ sporadically resets on its own or no longer responds, revert

to the factory default settings and reinstall the firmware.

Proceed as follows:

Create a backup.

Upgrade to at least firmware version 2.8.1-49 from December 2012.

Page 236: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

236 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Perform the inverter detection. (All of the inverters have to be feeding

power.)

After the inverters have been successfully detected, restore the old

configuration and backup.

Check that the Solar-Log™ functions are working properly (check the AC

and string power displayed).

If there are still problems with the functions after restoring the backup,

revert to the factory default settings and perform the inverter detection

again and then contact SDS support.

Background Information

The designation of the SMA channel lists is displayed as the device

designation for the inverters, e.g. WR10TL80. These designations have to be

changed with a new inverter firmware update. If this is not the case and

logging problems are observed, there was a problem during the firmware

update or inverter detection.

In this case, disconnect the connections on both the AC and DC ends of the

inverters with problems for several minutes and perform the inverter exchange

function again after the device has been restarted.

8.9 Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

The "Configure inverter data" dialog box contains all the relevant data

for the inverter. It also has an option for monitoring and detecting

inverter failures.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Basic / Inverter

The following dialog box appears on the right:

Page 237: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 237 of 374

This is divided into the following sections:

Inverter

Power meter on S0 input

Monitoring

Only available for Solar Log500

/1000

if "Power meter on S0 input"

is enabled in "Inverter mode".

Graphic scaling

Page 238: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

238 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

"Inverter" section

Number, device name, address / serial number

Select inverters from the Number list.

The device names, serial numbers and device numbers are listed

and displayed according to the manufacturers of the inverters.

Check whether all inverters have been detected correctly.

Each inverter is identified uniquely by its serial number.

The inverters are sorted by serial number or communication

address and displayed according to their manufacturers.

The order of the inverters sorted by serial number can be

changed in the "Inverter order" dialog box. This should be done

immediately after automatic detection of the inverters.

Maximum AC Power

To calculate the 70 percent fixed regulation (or another limitation

percentage), this value is needed. Enter the maximum AC power

from the inverter's data specification.

Note

Changes to the inverter's maximum AC power can be disabled under

Configuration/Basic/Inverter.

Page 239: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 239 of 374

(The field is then grayed out).

By entering your password under Configuration/Extended/Feed-in mgmt.,

this protection is lifted for authorized users.

Installed generator power

The connected power at the individual inverters in Wp. The total

power can be calculated using the formula:

Module power * Number of modules (at individual inverters).

Enter the required value.

Pac correction factor

If the power yield displayed by the inverter is compared with the

calibrated current meter, a certain deviation is found. An

approximate correction factor can be defined in order to compensate

for this inaccuracy.

All yield data are stored internally without any correction factor. This

factor is applied only when the data are displayed. The factor can

therefore be adjusted at any time.

The formula for calculating the correction factor is as follows:

Yield on power meter / Yield at inverter * 1000

If the inverter does not have a display, the correction factor must be

left at 1000 initially, and the factor can then be determined after

about a week.

Enter the required value.

Name

You can enter your own name for the inverter here.

Module field

Each connected string is allocated to a module field. Module fields

are subdivided according to solar module type, angles of inclination

and alignment. If all modules within a system are of the same type

and have the same alignment, only one module field, e.g. "1", is

defined. Strings not used must be switched off (switched to "0").

Other module fields must be defined for modules with different

alignments.

Ideally, each field should be made up of at least two individual

strings, which monitor each other.

Page 240: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

240 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Example:

A plant with 23.6 kWp is divided into 3 × SMA SB5000TL and 2 ×

SMA SB2500. 18 kWp is located on a barn roof with 30° inclination,

20° South-East deviation, and 5 kWp on an adjoining garage roof,

32° inclination, 0° South deviation.

Location Inverter String power

Module field

Barn 1.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 1.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 1.SB5000TL 2200 1

Barn 2.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 2.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 2.SB5000TL 2200 1

Barn 3.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 3.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 3.SB5000TL 2200 1

Garage 1.SB2500 2500 2

Garage 2.SB2500 2500 2

All connected strings allow mutual monitoring, the strings in module

field 1 allow multiple monitoring, and the two strings in module field 2

mutual monitoring.

Enter the required value.

Power meter section

This section is available only if a power meter is connected to a Solar

Log500/1000

and is selected. The "Monitoring" section does not apply to

the power meter.

The external current meter can be configured and used in 5 modes in

Solar Log1000

as the current meter for:

• Inverters

• Whole plant

• a consumption meter.

• Utility Meter (U) and Utility Meter (U+I)

Enable the required option.

Consumption meter mode

If a meter is configured as a consumption meter, it is possible to assign

this meter to a plant group (only Solar Log1000

).

Page 241: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 241 of 374

By assigning this meter to a plant group, it is possible REST MISSING

In this way, it is possible to calculate a plant group's production with its

(self-) consumption. This allows the feed-in power to be limited to 70%

(or any other percentage) at the grid connection point.

Enable the required option.

This function has to be first activated under Configuration / Extended /

Feed-in mgmt. to activate the 70 percent fixed limitation (or any other

percentage).

"Monitoring" section

This section is only available on the Solar-Log200/500/1000

if the power

meter on the S0 input is activated in inverter mode.

Activated / Deactivated

Monitoring can be enabled or disabled for a desired period.

Message as e-mail / text message (SMS)

Malfunctions can be reported by e-mail and text messages (SMS).

The following are also monitored and detected:

– Failure of an inverter

– Loss of power in one of the module fields

Combined conditions for fault definition:

(Fields Monitoring period, Feed-in power, Deviation, Period

of malfunction)

Monitoring is based on a comparison of the power at all inverters,

including individual trackers in the case of inverters with more than

one tracker. If the target power deviates from the actual power by

more than a certain tolerance (= min. feed-in power), a message can

be sent by e-mail and/or text message (SMS) after the selected fault

duration is reached.

If an individual module loses power, the string power for the same

level of irradiation will drop, and can thus be detected and reported.

Power comparison always works reliably even if the weather is

cloudy. The important thing is that all modules should not be

overshadowed. Therefore, the monitoring period should be

scheduled for periods when there are no shadows.

Page 242: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

242 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

As power measurement in the inverter is very inaccurate under a

certain threshold, a minimum percentage value can also be specified

below which monitoring is interrupted.

Snow cover

False messages may occur if the unit is covered in snow. These are

messages from the power comparison that occur if modules are

partially covered, or failure messages if the inverter is no longer

switched on because it is fully covered by snow.

There are two ways to minimize this problem:

– The minimum percentage value above which power monitoring

starts should be set as high as possible, e.g. 30%. For example, if

the generator power is 4500 Wp, power monitoring will start only at

1350 watts. The partly shaded modules reduce the power from the

unshaded modules so that the required 1350 watts is never reached.

This is how the problem of partial covering is resolved.

– Failure messages are always sent when the inverter is not working

or not online at times that have been configured as unshaded. It is

then assumed that there is a fault. Complete snow covering would

therefore be reported as a failure. In order to solve this problem

there is an indicator for Snow cover (Yes/ No). If this is set to Yes

no failure message is set if all inverters are offline. It is not taken into

account in the period from the start of November till the end of April.

Outside of this period, the snow covering function is automatically

disabled. Monitoring then works as usual and also reports complete

failures of all inverters.

Period of malfunction

This indicates how long a fault should be present continuously,

before it is recognized as a fault. The minimum fault duration is 5

minutes, but a longer one should be selected.

Maximum number of messages per day

So that malfunctions are not reported too often, a maximum number

of messages per day can be defined.

Activate required options and enter values.

"Graphic - Scale" section

Nothing usually has to be changed here, as Solar Log™ automatically

calculates the values for the generator power input. The values can be

adapted to your own data.

View for Day / Month / Year / Total years

Page 243: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Solar Log1000, 500, 200: Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 243 of 374

For each period (day, month, year, total) the maximum value

represented in kW can be entered (except Day, which is a value in

W).

The graph shows these values on the Y-axis.

Changes become effective when a new graph is displayed or after

updating a displayed graph.

Note

The scaling for the X-axis (day times in hours) is set in Basics /

Graph (Page 244).

Enter required scaling.

Click on Save.

Page 244: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast)

244 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.10 Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast)

By setting forecast values for the yield data, you can check on the

graph whether the plant is reaching the desired annual yield or not.

To do this, a percentage rate is allocated to each month. This is

deduced from the yield statistics over the previous years.

Solar Log™ always calculates the target value cumulatively, per day.

This means that, at the beginning of the month, it is not the total

monthly target that is set, but the target for days already passed, plus

that of the current day.

In the forecast, Solar Log™ also takes account of the yields in all

previous years, and in this way can allow for local weather events (in

most cases, snow in December). The yearly forecast is therefore

usually fairly accurate by September.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Basic / Forecast

The following dialog box appears on the right.

This is divided into the following sections:

Plant data

Target / actual calculation

Page 245: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring the data display graph (Basic/Graphics)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 245 of 374

"Plant data" section

To set the plant data:

1 The Plant size is determined automatically from the total generator

power output from the inverters, and is shown in WattsPeak.

2 Under Feed-in tariff, enter the feed-in compensation rate.

With this factor, the yield in euro is calculated on the graph.

"Target / actual calculation" section

To set the parameters for the target / actual calculation:

3 Under Yearly target, enter the desired annual target in kWh / kWp.

4 Under Monthly percentages % enter the annual target percentage

per month.

The monthly percentages must add up to 100% of the yearly target.

The monthly values should be adapted to suit the local conditions.

5 Click on Save.

8.11 Configuring the data display graph (Basic/Graphics)

In the "visualization" dialog box, you can set the daily time period for

display in the daily graph. The default setting does not usually have to

be changed.

The curve that shows the yield data is plotted against an X-axis and Y-

axis: The X-axis shows the daily curve in full hours, and the Y-axis

shows the value measured in W.

The daily time period to be shown on the X-axis can be set for each

month according to the expected measurement period. This has no

effect on the actual measuring time, it only affects the readability of the

displayed curve.

Example: January, daily time period set is 8:00 h to 17:00 h (5:00pm):

Note

The Y-scale is set under Basic / Graphics (Page 236).

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Basic / Graphics

The following dialog box appears on the right.

Page 246: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring the data display graph (Basic/Graphics)

246 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

"Visualization / X-scale" section

To select the daily time period to be displayed:

1 At X-scale start of day, enter the desired time for the month in full

hours – minutes are ignored.

2 At X-scale end of day, enter the desired time for the month in full

hours – minutes are ignored.

3 Click on Save.

Changes become effective the next time the graph is displayed, or after

the displayed graph is updated.

Page 247: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Plant information for the homepage and banners (Extended / Internet)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 247 of 374

8.12 Plant information for the homepage and banners (Extended / Internet)

So that the Solar-Log™ can send data over the Internet and/or onto the

web-site, it must be connected to an Internet router and network

configuration must be completed.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Extended / Internet

The following dialog box appears on the right:

This sets the type of Solar-Log™ homepage; for more information

about the homepage Page 370.

1 Click the radio button for the desired type of homepage:

– Full Service

– Classic-2nd

Edition

– Self Made

If this type is selected, the other sections "Homepage", "Event

log" and "Banner“ are opened for entering additional data.

– Classic-1st

Edition

If this type is selected, the other sections "Homepage", "Event

log" and "Banner“ are opened for entering additional data.

Page 248: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Plant information for the homepage and banners (Extended / Internet)

248 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

"Self Made" and "Classic-1st

Edition ('solarlog-home')"

2 Adapt the example models to your own data.

3 Click on Save.

Page 249: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring automatic data export (Extended / WEB export)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 249 of 374

8.13 Configuring automatic data export (Extended / WEB export)

The automatic data export allows you to regularly transfer yield data to

a homepage, in order to present the system on the Internet along with

its online data.

To set up and prepare a homepage, please also refer to the

"Homepage" section, Page 370.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Extended / Web Export

The following dialog box appears on the right.

Page 250: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring automatic data export (Extended / WEB export)

250 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

This is divided into the following sections:

Periodic data export

Manual data export (optional CSV format)

"Periodic data export" section

1 FTP Server, this is usually the name of the homepage.

2 User name and Password are the details needed for accessing the

homepage.

3 A Directory only has to be entered here if the Solar Log™

homepage is not to be located directly in the main directory of your

homepage. Otherwise, this box can be left empty.

4 The Update interval determines how often the Solar Log1000

refreshes the data. All the '5 minute data' not yet sent are always

transferred, even if the interval is considerably greater, e.g. 1 hour.

With daily, the data is transferred once per day in the morning and

once at the end of the day. With fixed time a customized time can

be set for the transfer.

5 If the Solar Log™ homepage is to be supplied with data by export,

select Solar Log™ data format.

6 Data can also be exported in CSV data format. The data are then

transferred in an Excel compatible format onto the homepage.

There, they can be used to make further evaluations if necessary. In

the mornings and evenings (when switching online / offline), all data

stored at the time are transferred. The 5 minute data are always

saved with their date, so that a comprehensive archive can be kept.

7 Click on Save.

8 Data transfer can be tested immediately during configuration by

using the Start test transmission button. Always save any changes

to the settings first. In the Status field, the step being performed is

displayed during the test transfer.

Note

If Periodic data export is deactivated, no data are transferred to

the homepage.

If there are problems with the data transfer, you can check in the Last

transmission and Status boxes when was the last time that Solar

Log1000

attempted to transfer the data..

Note

Possible status codes Page 358

Page 251: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring e-mail messages (Extended / E-mail)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 251 of 374

"Manual data export" section

The current daily values can be exported manually to the hard drive (in

CSV Format). Data in CSV Format are exported in the morning and

evening (when switching online / offline). The 5 minute data are always

saved with their date, so that a comprehensive archive can be kept.

If the Solar Log™ does not have Internet access, the current values

and current daily values can also be exported manually to the hard

drive (in CSV format).

1 Click on Save.

The data are formatted and a new link is displayed beside

Save:

2 Click on Click here to save

Another box opens, asking you whether you want to open the

export file or indicate a location where the file is to be saved.

8.14 Configuring e-mail messages (Extended / E-mail)

The Solar Log1000

contains an e-mail program which can send

messages in the following situations:

Daily yield overview

Inverter faults

Inverter failure

Deviation from target power

The settings in this section are used both for the general configuration

of e-mail messages, and for deciding if and when the daily yield values

are to be sent for information.

Note

For sending e-mails we recommend using the e-mail address

provided by Solare Datensysteme GmbH. This is sent to you by e-

mail in the framework of the portal registration process.

In addition, you also have the option of saving your own address.

Page 252: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring e-mail messages (Extended / E-mail)

252 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Extended / E-mail

The following dialog box appears on the right:

This is divided into the following sections:

Basic e-mail configuration

E-mail messages

"E-mail basic settings" section

Using the solarlog-wed.de address:

SMTP Server, User name ad Password

You will find your access data in the confirmation e-mail that was

sent to you after homepage registration. Page 370.

E-mail address from and E-mail address to

E-mail address from correspond to the e-mail address in the

confirmation e-mail. The desired receiver's address must be entered

in the field E-mail address to.

Using your own e-mail address:

If you are using your own e-mail address and your own e-mail server,

E-mail address from and E-mail address to are identical and each

is your own e-mail address. SMTP Server, User name and

Password must be completed with those of the respective supplier

and postal address.

Page 253: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring e-mail messages (Extended / E-mail)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 253 of 374

"E-mail messages" section

3 Click on the Activated button.

4 Under Sending time enter the weekday and time at which e-mail

messages are to be sent.

5 Click on Save.

6 E-mail messaging can be tested using the Start test transmission

button.

Last transmission and Status indicate the last time that Solar LogTM

attempted to send an e-mail.

Possible status codes Page 358

Note

Please select a different sending time to the one suggested, as at

this time the server is heavily used and this can lead to delays.

A sending time between 20:00 (8:00 pm) and 23:30 (11:30 pm) is

recommended.

Page 254: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring text messages (SMS) (Extended / SMS)

254 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.15 Configuring text messages (SMS) (Extended / SMS)

The text message (SMS) program sends messages with the desired

content:

Daily yield overview

Inverter faults

Inverter failure

Deviation from target power

Text messages (SMS) are sent in two stages. First, an e-mail message

is sent to an e-mail service provider who provides the text message

(SMS) service. From a keyword on the Subject line, this provider

detects that the message is to be forwarded as a text message (SMS)

to a certain number. For the incoming e-mails, some e-mail providers

forward a text message (SMS) free of charge with the Subject line for

information.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Extended / SMS

The following dialog box appears on the right:

This is divided into the following sections:

SMS basic settings

SMS messages

"Basic SMS settings" section

1 SMTP Server, User name and Password see the documentation

provided by your Internet/e-mail service provider.

2 If you are using your own e-mail server, E-mail address from and

E-mail address to are same (i.e. your own e-mail address).

Page 255: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Configuring text messages (SMS) (Extended / SMS)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 255 of 374

"Basic SMS settings" section

3 Click on the Activated button.

4 Under Sending time enter the weekday and time at which

messages are to be sent.

5 Yield in subject line means that the SMS text is also written on the

Subject line..

6 Click on Save.

7 SMS transfer can be tested immediately during configuration by

using the Start test transmission button. Always save your settings

first.

Note: Last transmission and Status indicate the last time that Solar

LogTM

attempted to send a text message (SMS).

Possible status codes Page 358

Page 256: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Setting fault messages (Extended / Malfunction)

256 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.16 Setting fault messages (Extended / Malfunction)

If certain status or fault codes occur, Solar Log™ can send messages

by e-mail or text message (SMS).

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Extended / Malfunction

The following dialog box appears on the right:

This is divided into the following sections:

Inverter

Section on code selection

"Inverter" section

The status and fault codes that are available depend on the inverter

type. To find out which status and fault codes are relevant for automatic

messaging, please refer to the inverter user manual.

Page 257: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 257 of 374

Section on code selection

The default setting is that messages are sent for all fault codes. You

can use this section to send messages more selectively. This will

prevent text messages (SMS) from being sent for relatively minor faults.

1 On the List of all status codes and List of all error codes select

the desired groups and set the number of faults (Activate after x

measurements) after which a message is to be sent.

Even the Max. number per day can be specified for the messages

to be sent.

2 Click on Save.

8.17 Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

The Solar LogTM

function PM+ is composed of the active power

reduction and reactive power control components. Thus Solar LogTM

offers the possibility to implement the most current requirements of the

German Renewable Energy Act (EEG 2012) in this area.

The EEG stipulates that certain energy generation plants must possess

a technical device for active power reduction and/or reactive power

control. The actual control of the active and reactive power in PV plants

is performed by the inverter(s). The inverters are controlled by the Solar

LogTM

.

In order to control generation plants that are connected to a distribution

network at any certain point in time, the network operators use

telecontrol technology. The peripheral energy plants can be controlled

from one central point. To this end these plants must be coupled with

the relevant telecontrol technology. There are several types of transfer

channel used for transferring the network operator's signals to the

receiver:

Classic ripple control technology

Signals are modulated according to the supply voltage and

transferred via the power network

Radio ripple control technology

Signals are transferred by radio via special long-wave channels.

Telecontrol technology

Signals are generally transferred using mobile radio; these

telecontrol plants can also be used to transfer feedback signals to

the network operator.

The technology used depends on the level of development of the

respective network operator.

The control signals emitted by the network operator are converted to

potential-free signal contacts by the telecontrol technology and can be

evaluated by the Solar LogTM

PM+.

Separate ripple control receivers can also be used for controlling active and

reactive power. Up to two ripple control receivers can be connected to Solar

LogTM

PM+ devices.

Page 258: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

258 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Note

The feed-in management function is not available for all supported inverters.

Prior to installation please check whether PM+ (active and reactive power) is

supported by the inverters used.

Additional information as well as our inverter database can be found

underwww.solar-log.com/pm+.

Note

The power management functions are only possible with a cable connection

between the Solar Log™ and the inverters. It is not possible to control the

inverters via Bluetooth.

Opening the dialog box

Select Configuration/Extended/Feed-in mgmt in the menu

The following dialog box appears on the right:

The dialog box for feed-in management is divided into the following sections:

Activate password protection (Chapter8.17.1)

Active power reduction (Chapter 8.17.2)

Page 259: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 259 of 374

Reactive power control (Chapter 8.17.8)

Networking several Solar Logs (Chapter8.17.15)

8.17.1 Activating password protection

The settings in the area of feed-in management can have an effect on the

behavior of the inverter. In order to protect access to these options from

improper configuration the area must be protected by a password.

Field for activating password protection

By entering the standard password "PM", the password protection function can

be deactivated. The configuration options in the area of feed-in management

are then active for the user and can be saved.

If no password is entered, the "Save" button in the feed-in management menu is

unavailable. This is shown by the reference note "Settings blocked. Entry of

password required." at the bottom of the page.

Note

We advise installers to discuss with their customers the scope of the settings

in the area of feed-in management, to block the configuration menu using a

password, and to assign an individual password.

In addition to activation by entering a password, a new individual password

must be assigned under

Configuration/Internal/System.

Assigning a password for feed-in management

Page 260: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

260 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Note

If SMA inverters are used, an additional query appears into which the SMA

Grid Code can be entered. It is necessary to unblock it if the Solar Log™ will

be used to control the inverter in the area of reactive power.

Customers receive this code individually from SMA.

8.17.2 Setting up active power reduction

This menu item offers the possibility of configuring various forms of active

power reduction.

Note

The type of active power reduction that must be provided by a specific PV

plant depends on the power of the plant and the date it was constructed, and

is governed by the EEG 2012, the Low-Voltage and Medium-Voltage

Directive.

The planner and/or installer of your plant or the respective network operator

can provide you with information regarding the method of active power

reduction.

Note

The feed-in management function is not available for all supported inverters.

Prior to installation please check whether PM+ (active and reactive power) is

supported by the inverters used.

Additional information as well as our inverter database can be found

underwww.solar-log.com/pm+.

Active power reduction menu for PM devices

Page 261: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 261 of 374

Note

For the active power reduction to operate flawlessly, the Maximum AC power

has to be entered for each and every inverter.

This is configured in the Configuration/Basic/Inverter menu.

The field Maximum AC power is only available after the PM password has

been entered.

8.17.3 "Deactivated" menu item

When this menu item is selected, active power reduction is deactivated. This

is how the Solar LogTM

is set at the time of delivery.

8.17.4 "Remote controlled" menu item (only Solar LogTM PM+ models)

This option should be selected if you want the active power reduction to be

remote controlled by the grid operator.

To enable this, a ripple control receiver is required.

The type of ripple control receiver or telecontrol technology used depends on

the level of development of the respective grid operator. The control signals

emitted by the grid operator are converted to potential-free signal contacts by

the ripple control receiver and can be evaluated by the Solar Log™ PM+

models via the digital PM+ interface.

Selecting the "Remote controlled" menu item expands the setting options.

The following dialog box appears on the right.

Page 262: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

262 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Configuration menu for remote controlled active power reduction

"Interface" section

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with

the connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this

list can also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the

inverters that will be controlled are connected.

"Inverter adjustment" section

This option can be used to activate the active power reduction function. This

option allows configuration to be performed, and then activated or deactivated

at a later date with a mouse click.

Page 263: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 263 of 374

"Channel and level setup" section

The relay outputs for the ripple control receiver are connected to the PM+

input of the Solar Log™. This allows the network operator's signals to be

evaluated by the Solar Log™.

Schematic diagram of a ripple control receiver with three relays and coupled to the digital inputs of the Solar Log™ PM+

In practice, various ripple control receivers with varying numbers of relays and

different signal coding are used. The configuration matrix for the Solar Log™

PM+ thus offers maximum flexibility – most of the usual popular versions can

be configured.

Ripple control receivers generally possess 2 to 5 relays. The assignment of

the individual relay states for certain reduction levels is specified by the

respective network operator and stored in the Solar Log™ using this matrix. In

this way the connected inverters can be adjusted to meet the specified

reduction levels.

Four levels are shown in the basic setting. The "+" sign can be used to extend

the list by additional levels.

For each level, the input signal combination and a value for the power in % is

entered.

In "Advanced Installation Manual – Feed-in Management", several examples

of ripple control receivers and telecontrol plants are listed, along with their

coupling with Solar Log™ PM+ and the respective configuration matrix.

Closing relays at level 4 (only Solar-Log1000

PM+)

By selecting this function the potential-free control relay for the Solar Log1000

PM+ is closed when level 4 is active.

Page 264: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

264 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

The relay may be loaded with a maximum of 24 V DC and 5A.

230 V consumers must be connected through another load relay.

Please read the relevant chapter in the installation manual.

In the example, level 4 is defined at 0%. If an individual reduction level should

be signaled via a relay, this input combination is to be configured at level 4.

Closing Solar Log relay power reduction

(only Solar-Log1000

PM+)

Select this option in order to signal any power reduction via relay output.

The relay may be loaded with a maximum of 24 V DC and 5A.

220 V consumers must be connected through another load relay.

Please read the relevant chapter in the installation manual.

E-mail when power reduction changes

Select this option in order to be informed by e-mail of any power change. The

e-mail address entered under Configuration / Extended / E-mail will be used

for this purpose.

Max. change in power:

A jerky reduction or increase in active power could have a negative impact on

inverters in the long-term.

The "max. change in power" field is used to specify how high the maximum

percentage change in power is per period of time (15 seconds).

This value refers to the power reduction but is also used when starting up the

plant after a power reduction.

8.17.5 "70 percent fixed regulation" menu item

By activating this menu item the inverter(s) are controlled to be fixed at 70% of

the installed DC power. s a reference value the "Maximum AC power" entered

under the menu item Configuration / Basic / Inverter is required, however, in

order to be able to control down to exactly 70% of the "connected generator

power".

Note

Changes to the maximum AC power of the inverter in the

Configuration/Basic/Inverter are disabled.

By entering your password under Configuration / Extended / Feed-in mgmt.

this protection is lifted for authorized users.

Page 265: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 265 of 374

Numeric example of 70% fixed regulation

Example 1

DC power 12kWp

AC power 12kW

70% corresponds to 8.4kW

As the AC and DC power are identical, the down-control is correct.

Example 2

DC power 12 kWp

AC power 10kW

70% of the DC power corresponds to 8.4kW

For this reason the inverter controlled by the Solar Log™ is reduced to 84% (8.4kW) and not only to 70% (7kW).

8.17.6 "70 percent fixed regulation including consumption of self-produced power"

menu item

By activating this function the power fed-in at the feed-in point is reduced to a

maximum of 70% of the installed DC power.

As a reference value the "Maximum AC power" entered under the menu item

Configuration / Basic / Inverter Configuration / Basic / Inverter is required, in

order to be able to limit the "connected generator power" to exactly 70%.

By using an energy meter that records its own consumption, the current

consumption is determined and subtracted from the energy generated by the

inverter. Only in the event that its own consumption is less than 30% of the

module power, the Solar Log™ will step in and down-control the inverter until

70% at the feed-in point is not exceeded.

Note

For this function to work a meter to measure the inverter's own consumption

must be connected to the Solar Log™ and configured.

"Interface" section

Page 266: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

266 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with

the connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this

list can also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the

inverters that will be controlled are connected.

Diagnostics with 10% section

A dynamic limitation of 10% can be simulated with this test function.

The measured data is displayed in the following graphic.

Note

From Firmware 2.8.1 Build 48, consumption meter from plant

groups can be organized.

The organization is only possible, when in (Power management)

Configuration // Extended // Power management

one of the self- consumption rules are selected.

8.17.7 Menu Item Fixed Regulation with Current Consumption Withholding of X Percent

By activating this function, the power fed-in at the feed-in point is reduced to the

maximum set percentage of the installed DC power.

As a reference value the "Maximum AC power" entered under the menu item

Configuration / Basic / Inverter Configuration / Basic / Inverter is required, in

order to be able to limit the "connected generator power" to the exact

percentage entered.

By using an energy meter that records its own consumption, the current

consumption is determined and subtracted from the energy generated by the

inverter. Only in the event that its own consumption is too low, the Solar Log™

will step in and limit inverter until the set percentage at the feed-in point is not

exceeded.

Page 267: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 267 of 374

Note

From Firmware 2.8.1 Build 48, consumption meter from plant

groups can be organized.

The organization is only possible, when in (Power management)

Configuration // Extended // Power management

one of the self- consumption rules are selected.

8.17.8 Setting up reactive power control

This menu item offers the possibility of configuring various forms of reactive

power control.

Note

The type of reactive power control that must be provided by a specific PV

plant depends on the power of the plant and the date it was constructed, and

is governed by the EEG 2012, the Low-Voltage and Medium-Voltage

Directive.

The planner and/or installer of your plant or the respective grid operator can

provide you with information regarding the method of reactive power control.

Note

The feed-in management function is not available for all supported inverters.

Prior to installation please check whether PM+ is supported by the inverters

used.

Additional information as well as our inverter database can be found under

www.solar-log.com/pm+.

Using the Solar-Log™ various options for reactive power control can be

selected:

Deactivated

fixed value cos (Phi) shift factor

fixed reactive power in Var

variable cos (Phi) shift factor over characteristic curve P/Pn

variable reactive power over characteristic curve Q(U) (only Solar

Log1000

PM+)

controllable shift factor cos (Phi) (only Solar- og™ PM+)

Page 268: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

268 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.17.9 "Deactivated" menu item

When this menu item is selected, reactive power control is deactivated. This is

how the Solar LogTM

is set at the time of delivery.

8.17.10 "Fixed value cos (Phi) shift factor" menu item

If the grid operator should specify a fixed target value, this option should be

activated.

By selecting this option, additional settings points will arise.

The following dialog box appears on the right:

Configuration options with fixed shift factor cos (Phi)

"Interface" section

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with

the connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this

list can also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the

inverters that will be controlled are connected.

Cos (Phi) section

Using this matrix it is possible to specify a fixed cos (Phi) for certain periods of

time. If over the course of one day various shift factors must be adhered to,

they can be configured here.

Page 269: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 269 of 374

In the "from (time)" column the respective start time is defined.

In the "Cos (Phi)" column the shift factor cos (Phi) that must be adhered to

from this start time can be specified.

In the "Inductive" column an inductive and capacitive cos (Phi) is selected by a

check mark. The check mark sets the cos (Phi) to inductive.

If a certain cos (Phi) must be adhered to for 24 hours, the time 00:00 as well

as the cos (Phi) may only be entered in the first line. The other lines must also

remain filled with 00:00.

8.17.11 "Fixed reactive power in Var" menu item

If the grid operator should specify an absolute target value the reactive power

in Var, this option should be activated.

By selecting this option, additional settings points will arise.

The following dialog box appears on the right:

Configuration options for fixed reactive power in Var

Page 270: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

270 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

"Interface" section

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with

the connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this

list can also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the

inverters that will be controlled are connected.

Reactive power section

Using this matrix it is possible to specify a fixed reactive power value in Var for

certain periods of time. If over the course of one day various reactive power

values must be adhered to, they can be configured here.

In the "from (time)" column the respective start time is defined.

In the "Reactive power (Var)" column the reactive power that must be adhered

to from this start time can be specified.

In the "Inductive" column an inductive and capacitive reactive power is

selected by a check mark. The check mark sets the reactive power to

inductive.

If a certain reactive power in Var must be supplied for 24 hours, the time 00:00

as well as the value in Var may only be entered in the first line. The other lines

must also remain filled with 00:00.

"Variable cos (Phi) shift factor over characteristic curve P/Pn" menu item

This option is to be selected if the grid operator requires the adjustment of the

cos (Phi) using a P/Pn characteristic curve. The characteristic curve P/Pn is

used to ascertain the relationship between current existing active (P) and

rated power (Pn), and the value is assigned a cos (phi) defined by the

characteristic curve.

Page 271: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 271 of 374

Configuration options for the "Variable shift factor" using the "2 point characteristic curve"

"Interface" section

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with

the connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this

list can also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the

inverters that will be controlled are connected.

Type of characteristic curve section

Using this menu item a characteristic curve specified by the grid operator can

be stored. In principle a distinction is made here between a 2 point and a 4

point characteristic curve.

Page 272: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

272 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

"2 point characteristic curve"

By selecting "2 point characteristic curve" it is possible to define a

characteristic curve using 2 points.

The characteristic curve graphic depicts a possible characteristic curve as an

example. The sample characteristic curve does not change when values are

added. The values entered in fields A and B do not correspond to the sample

characteristic curve.

The points specified by the grid operator are defined by the input fields at

point A and B in the Solar LogTM..

The values entered per line describe the

corresponding point on the characteristic curve.

After entering the values, click on "Save".

Page 273: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 273 of 374

"4 point characteristic curve"

Configuration options for the "Variable shift factor" using the "4 point characteristic curve"

By selecting "4 point characteristic curve" it is possible to define a

characteristic curve using 4 points.

The characteristic curve graphic depicts a possible characteristic curve as an

example. The sample characteristic curve does not change when values are

added. The values entered in fields A-D do not correspond to the sample

characteristic curve.

Page 274: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

274 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

The points specified by the grid operator are defined by the input fields at

point A to D in the Solar LogTM

. The values entered per line describe the

corresponding point on the characteristic curve.

After entering the values, click on "Save".

8.17.12 "Variable reactive power over characteristic curve Q(U)"

menu item(only Solar Log1000 PM+)

This option is only relevant for plants which feed in directly at the medium-

voltage level.

In order to be able to achieve this function, the Solar Log™ Utility Meter and

voltage transformers are required in addition to a Solar Log1000

PM+. The

voltage transformers convert the voltage of the medium-voltage network to

100V in general. This measurement voltage is measured by the Solar Log™

Utility Meter.

The Solar Log™ Utility Meter is coupled to the Solar Log™ via the RS485 bus

and continually forwards the values for the measurement voltage to the

connected Solar Log1000

PM+. Using the stored characteristic curve the Solar

Log1000

PM+ continually calculates the reactive power to be supplied and

controls the connected inverter accordingly.

Schematic design of the supply of variable reactive power using the Q(U) function

For this option the reactive power of the inverter that is connected to the Solar

Log1000

PM+ is controlled using the measured voltage at the feed-in point.

Page 275: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 275 of 374

8.17.13 Installing the Solar-Log™ Utility Meter (Janitza UMG 104)

For the Solar Log PM+, the Solar-Log™ Utility Meter can be connected via the

RS485A or RS485/422B.

Note

Use an RS485 port for each inverter and the utilty meter.

The utility meter can not be combined with inverters on a bus.

Connection diagram for Utility Meter

In order to measure the voltage of the medium-voltage level, voltage

transformers are required. A voltage transformer is a device the transforms an

electrical voltage (here generally medium-voltage level 20kV) into another

voltage (100V measurement voltage). These voltage transformers are

generally installed on the primary side of the transformer station or must be

fitted there.

Procedure

1) Enter the supply voltage into the Utility Meter

The supply voltage may be in the range of 95-240Vac, 45-65Hz or 135-

340Vdc and can be seen on the rating plate of the Utility Meter.

The connection lines for the supply voltage must be safeguarded using a

fuse listed in the UL (6A type C).

Page 276: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

276 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Note

We recommend using a fuse to safeguard the connection lines for the supply

voltage. Please follow the instructions in the Utility Meter manual.

Note

Supply voltage that does not correspond to the specifications on the rating

plate can cause malfunctions and damage the device.

Caution

The inputs for the supply voltage are dangerous to touch.

2) Connect measurement voltage L1, L2, L3 and N at the terminals on the

underside of the Utility Meter.

Note

The measurement voltage must in effect be at least 10V or an exact

measurement is not possible.

3) Connect the Utility Meter with RS485 bus of the Solar Log1000

PM+

Solar Log™ terminal block connector

Utility meter terminal strip

Terminal Terminal

1 22 - B

4 23 – A

The RS485 bus must be terminated.

Install an 120Ω, 1/4W resistor between Pin 22 and 23 to terminate.

Note

If possible, use one RS485 connection each for the inverter and for the Utility

Meter. This allows the control times for the inverter to be optimized.

Note

When addressing the inverter the address "1" should be kept free for the Utility

Meter. Information concerning addressing the Utility Meter is supplied together

with the device.

4) Checking the settings on the Utility Meter

Page 277: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 277 of 374

Check the following settings on the Utility Meter Display:

MODBUS Address (PRG 200 = 1)

Baud rate RS485 (PRG 202 = 2)

Mode (PRG 203 = 0)

If the values differ, follow the instruction in the accompanying manual for

configuring the Utility Meter.

5) Perform inverter detection.

See the installation manual, Chapter "Performing inverter detection"

6) Assign Utility Meter function

In the Solar-Log1000

PM+ call up the Configuration / Basic / Inverter menu.

Select meter and activate it as the Utility Meter.

Note

Ensure that the baud rate of the RS 485 interface of the Janitza UMG 104 is

configured to 38400.

Configuration of the meter as a Utility Meter

Page 278: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

278 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Configuration of the meter as a Utility Meter in the display of the Solar Log1000

PM+

7) Configuration of feed-in management

Page 279: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 279 of 374

Configuration options for characteristic curve Q(U) using 2 point characteristic curve

"Interface" section

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with the

connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this list can

also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the inverters that

will be controlled are connected.

Page 280: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

280 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Note

If possible, use one RS485 connection each for the inverter and for the

Utility Meter. This allows the control times to be optimized for the

inverters and prevents incompatibility between inverters and the Utility

Meter.

Type of characteristic curve section

Using this menu item a characteristic curve specified by the grid operator can be

stored. In principle a distinction is made here between a 2 point and a 4 point

characteristic curve.

"2 point characteristic curve"

If the grid operator specifies a 2 point characteristic curve, this menu item must be

selected.

The characteristic curve graphic depicts a possible characteristic curve as an

example. The sample characteristic curve does not change when values are added.

The values entered in fields A and B do not correspond to the sample characteristic

curve.

The points specified by the grid operator are defined by the input fields at point A

and B in the Solar LogTM..

The values entered per line describe the corresponding

point on the characteristic curve.

After entering the values, click on "Save".

"Maximum apparent power for the generation plant" menu item

In this field the maximum apparent power of the entire generation plant must be

entered.

"Uc" menu item

In this field the agreed grid voltage in the grid operator's medium-voltage network is

entered. This value is specified by the grid operator. As a rule the network voltage

at medium voltage level corresponds to 20,000 V.

"UNS" menu item

The reference voltage to be entered depends on the sensor used. For the Solar

LogTM

Utility Meter the factory setting is 100.0 V.

"4 point characteristic curve"

If the grid operator specifies a 4 point characteristic curve, this menu item must be

selected.

The characteristic curve graphic depicts a possible characteristic curve as an

example. The sample characteristic curve does not change when values are added.

Page 281: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 281 of 374

The values entered in fields A-D do not correspond to the sample characteristic

curve.

The points specified by the grid operator are defined by the input fields at point A to

D in the Solar LogTM

. The values entered per line describe the corresponding point

on the characteristic curve.

After entering the values, click on "Save".

"Maximum apparent power for the generation plant" menu item

In this field the maximum apparent power of the entire generation plant must be

entered.

"Uc" menu item

In this field the agreed grid voltage in the grid operator's medium-voltage network is

entered. This value is specified by the grid operator. As a rule the network voltage

at medium voltage level corresponds to 20,000 V.

"UNS" menu item

The reference voltage to be entered depends on the sensor used. For the Solar-

LogTM Utility Meter the factory setting is 100.0 V.

8.17.14 "Controllable shift factor cos (Phi)" menu item (only Solar-Log™ PM+)

This option should be selected if you want the reactive power supply to be remote

controlled by the network operator.

To enable this, a ripple control receiver is required.

The type of ripple control receiver used depends on the level of development of the

respective grid operator. The control signals emitted by the grid operator are

converted to potential-free signal contacts by the ripple control receiver and can be

evaluated by the Solar LogTM

PM+ models via the digital PM+ interface.

Selecting the "Controllable shift factor" menu item changes the setting options.

The following dialog box appears on the right.

Page 282: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

282 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Configuration menu for remote controlled active power reduction

"Interface" section

Depending on the type of Solar LogTM

, the interfaces for communication with the

connected inverters are shown here. Depending on the model used, this list can

also contain less entries.

Select the interface or interfaces that correspond to those to which the inverters

that will be controlled are connected.

Relay section

Using this matrix certain shift factors cos (Phi) can be defined for certain relay

states of the ripple control receiver.

Four levels are shown in the basic setting. The "+" sign can be used to extend

the list by additional levels.

For each level, the input signal combination and a value for the shift factor in

cos (Phi) is entered.

In Chapter 6 of this manual several examples of ripple control receivers are

listed, along with their coupling with Solar Log™ PM+ and the respective

configuration matrix.

Page 283: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 283 of 374

Variable shift factor section

If the requirement is for the network operator to be able to control the reactive

power control using a ripple control receiver to a certain cos (Phi) and to an

adjustment in the cos (Phi) using a characteristic curve, the desired level of

variable shift factor must be assigned using a characteristic curve.

The desired level is to be entered into the field.

Caution! Take care when combining two ripple control receivers!

If the ripple control receiver should be used in active power reduction

use binary signal coding (2 relays for 4 reduction levels), signal

feedback via the ripple control receiver for the reactive power must be

prevented by fitting diodes.

8.17.15 Networking (only Solar Log1000 PM+)

In order to provide feed-in management for large plants, there is the option to

operate the Solar Log1000

PM+ in a network with several Solar Log1000

units.

Function

The ripple control receiver's signals are received by the Solar Log1000

PM+

(master) and distributed to the connected inverters via the RS 485 bus.

In addition, switching commands from the energy supplier can be forwarded

from the Solar Log1000

PM+ (master) to other Solar Log1000

units which then, for

their part, switch on the connected inverters.

For this procedure the Solar Log1000

PM+ (master) is connected to up to 9 Solar

Log1000

(slave) units via the network (RJ45 wiring).

Configuration

In the Solar Log1000

PM+ (master) the IP addresses of the connected Solar

Log1000

(slave) units are entered and stored. Additional lines appear

automatically for more than 2 slaves.

Page 284: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

284 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Fields for entering the IP addresses of the Solar Log1000

(slave)

After restarting the Solar Log1000

(slave), the new menu entry "Remote-

controlled" appears under Configuration / Extended / Feed-in management.

The configuration of the feed-in management function for the inverters

connected to this slave Solar Log™ is performed as described in Chapter 3.3.

Principal design for controlling large plants

Page 285: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Feed-in management for Solar Log™ PM+ (Extended / Feed-in Management)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 285 of 374

8.17.16 Diagnostic options for power management

Feed-in management acknowledgment signals are displayed via the Solar

LogTM

LEDs.

Operating status or fault message

LED E LED P Meaning and possible remedy

blinking blinking Undefined status of the PM+ interface

Check inputs or configuration

off blinking The Solar Log™ is regulating the

inverters, i.e. the active power

limitations are activated..

Solar Log1000

PM+

The PM diagnostic screen on the Solar Log1000 PM+ can be accessed under

Diagnostic/PM-Diagnostic.

The current power reduction as well as reactive power is displayed. If a Utility

Meter has been installed, the measured data is also displayed in this screen.

Page 286: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Setting automatic/manual data backups (Internal/Backup)

286 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.18 Setting automatic/manual data backups (Internal/Backup)

This dialog box is used to set periodic data backups on an FTP server, or to

make an immediate backup on the local hard disk.

Data backups can also be restored on the Solar Log™.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Internal / backup

The following dialog box appears on the right:

Page 287: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Setting automatic/manual data backups (Internal/Backup)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 287 of 374

This is divided into the following sections:

Data backup (automatic)

Data backup (manual)

Data correction

Data import

"Backup (automatically)" section

Periodic data backups can be configured on any homepage by FTP protocol.

The data backups include overall statistical data. Depending on the size of the

system, the data volume per backup is between 1 and 2 MB.

"Backup (manually)" section

If there is no Internet access, the data backup can be made manually. In this

case, the data are saved directly in the selected folder on the PC.

1 Click on Process data.

The data is formatted and a new link is displayed beside Process

data:

2 Click on Click here to save

Another box opens, in which you can select a location where the file is

to be saved.

Load data from hard disk

This is used to restore a previous data backup. This may be necessary, for

example, when installing a software update.

1 Click on Browse.

A box opens in which you can select the import file.

Note

When saving with Internet Explorer (Version 8 and older), select *txt as format

(Save under ). Then rename the file extension to .dat. (solarlog_backup.txt

solarlog_backup.dat)

Page 288: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Manual data corrections

288 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.19 Manual data corrections

Here you can adjust the values for previous days or change daily totals.

1 The Date (on 8 digits): 2 digits for day, 2 digits for month and 2 digits for

the year, separating each by a decimal point

2 Enter Daily value in kWh

The daily value must correspond to the current meter reading, i.e. the real

daily value.

"Data import" section

An initial value can also be input to daily data already saved manually in Solar

LogTM

. This is useful any time that a large amount of data has to be saved at a

later time, and this would take too long with the "Data correction" function.

Data import deletes the existing data memory completely before the daily data

are imported. Therefore, the data import should be carried out as far as

possible immediately after the startup of Solar Log™.

A data import can only be made if all inverters have been correctly detected

and configured.

1 Before the data import, Solar Log™ asks for a user name and password.

Enter the following details:

User name: solarlog

Password: solarlog

2 Click on Browse.

A box opens in which you can select the import file.

3 Click on Load.

The data is being loaded.

Page 289: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Manual data corrections

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 289 of 374

The import file must consist of individual rows of text, where the date and daily

yield value in "Wh" (not kWh!) are separated by semicolons (CSV format).

Example:

01.04.06;136435

02.04.06;128219

etc.

Note:Here, the year value should also consist of 4 digits.

Page 290: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Managing system settings (Internal / System)

290 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

8.20 Managing system settings (Internal / System)

The system data consist of all the data that have been saved in the

configuration. It is recommended always to make a backup of the system data

before changing the configuration or updating the firmware.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Internal / System

The following dialog box appears on the right:

This is divided into the following sections:

System backup

System settings

Configuration

Page 291: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Managing system settings (Internal / System)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 291 of 374

"System backup" section

1 Click on Process data.

The data is formatted and a new link is displayed beside Process

data:

2 Click on Click here to save

Another box opens, in which you can select a location where the file is

to be saved.

Loading system settings from hard disk

After a firmware update, it may be that all data are re-initialized (i.e. deleted).

In this case, following the firmware update, the first thing to do is to import a

system backup.

1 Before the data import, Solar Log™ asks for a user name and password.

Enter the following details:

User name: solarlog

Password: solarlog

2 Click on Browse.

A box opens in which you can select the import file.

3 Click on Load.

The data is being loaded.

"System settings" section

Solar Log™ has an integrated real-time clock which can maintain the clock

time even through a power failure or mains disconnection, and for a long

period (50 days). The save interval is set by Solar Log™ and depends on the

number of inverters.

When connected to the Internet, the time is also set automatically every day,

so that it should never be necessary to set the time manually. The switchover

to summertime can take place automatically.

However, if the date or time have been set incorrectly, they can be adjusted

here.

4 Set the display of currency, time and date format from the Select country

list.

5 Set the display language for the screen and the web browser from the

Select language list.

6 Enter Date and Time.

Example:

The input for 28/2/2009 17:31 would be: 28/02/09 17:31:00.

Page 292: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Managing system settings (Internal / System)

292 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Current serial number, license key

Display fields: These show the Solar Log™ serial number and license key

if applicable. These values cannot be changed.

"Configuration" section

A password can be set in order to restrict access to the configuration area.

This password is then required at the initial access to the configuration

settings.

5 minutes after the last access to the configuration area, access is blocked

again and the user has to log in again.

In order to change the password:

7 Enable the Additional password query? option.

8 Enter the Old password

No password is set at delivery or if the default settings are restored, and in

this case nothing needs to be entered in Old password.

9 Enter the New password

10 Enter the same password again in Repeat password.

11 Click on Save.

Page 293: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Updating the firmware (Internal / Update)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 293 of 374

8.21 Updating the firmware (Internal / Update)

Free firmware updates are available for the Solar-Log™ from our website.

During the initial installation of the Solar-Log™, Solare Datensysteme GmbH

recommends checking that the firmware is up to date.

Enabling the function "Automatic Firmware Update" allows Solare

Datensysteme GmbH the option to carry out firmware updates later via the

internet.

The automatic update function only pertains to official releases from Solare

Datensysteme GmbH—or in exceptional cases to those officially approved.

The Solar-Log™downloads the updates automatically via an existing internet

connection and installs them at night.

Note

This function does not serve as an alternative to checking the firmware

version and, as the case may be, manual firmware updates.

Opening the dialog box

On the tab on the left, select Internal / Update

The following dialog box appears on the right:

Updating the firmware

1 Before the data import, Solar Log™ asks for a user name and password.

Enter the following details:

User name: solarlog

Password: solarlog

2 Click on Browse.

Page 294: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Configuration at a PC

Updating the firmware (Internal / Update)

294 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

A box opens in which you can select the import file.

3 Click on Import.

The data is being loaded.

4 This is followed by queries that ask whether system and data backups

have been made. If you click "Cancel" on these queries, the process is

aborted.

Page 295: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Working with the keypad and display

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 295 of 374

9 Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

The menu navigation for configuration at the unit is designed so that each item

and sub-item has to be worked through from the top downward (Page 296).

In this way, all the necessary configuration steps are processed in order.

9.1 Working with the keypad and display

In normal operation, the current values are shown at intervals on the initial 2-

line text display.

Depending on the mode (navigation or input), the actions that can be

performed at the keypad and 2-line display are limited to the following:

Mode Action Key

Navigation

Open the configuration menu on the initial screen Any key

Select menu item

Open the selected menu/submenu item ENTER

Go back one menu level (up to initial screen) ESC

Input

Enter a digit/letter at cursor position

Move cursor one digit forward/back

Save input/open a selection ENTER

Go back without saving/accept the input/selection ESC

Page 296: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Navigation overview

296 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

9.2 Navigation overview

ENTER key Easy Install Inverter detection Yes/No

System Language <List of Languages>

Country <List of Countries>

Date/Time Time zone

Date

Time

Large display Display S0

Display RS485

Network Automatic

Manual IP address

Subnet mask

Gateway

DNS server

Inverter Bluetooth *)

RS485/422 <Inverter List>

S0 meter None

Consumption

Inverter

Total yield

Detection

Internet Data export Inactive

Active

Solar Log WEB Full Service

Classic-2nd

Ed.

Self Made

Classic-1stEd.

Server

Users

Password

Interval 1 hour … 8 hours per day

Connection test

Internal Reset Delete data

Delete inverter

Default.

PIN lock Inactive *) available only on Solar Log

500 BT Active

Page 297: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring system settings ("System" menu)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 297 of 374

9.3 Configuring system settings ("System" menu)

Under System settings the following settings are made:

Display language

Date and time

Settings for large display

9.3.1 Setting the display language (System / Language)

The selected display language applies both to the display and the web

browser.

1 Select System / Language from the menu.

2 Select the desired display language from the list.

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.3.2 Setting the date, time and currency format (System / Country)

The country setting affects how the date, time and currency formats are

displayed.

1 Select System / Country from the menu.

2 Select the desired country from the list.

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.3.3 Adjusting the Date/Time (System / Date/Time)

The clock time is factory-set, but it may be lost due to long periods of storage.

The time zone, date and summertime values must be set correctly, so that no

incorrect statuses or results are obtained during monitoring and graph display,

e.g. when e-mail messages are sent or when a curve is displayed on the day

graph.

Any incorrect settings can be corrected in the "Date/Time" submenu.

Correcting the time zone

1 Select System/Date/Time / Time zone from the menu.

2 Enter the time difference in hours (default is GMT +1).

3 Press ENTER to save.

Correcting the date

1 Select System/Date/Time / Date from the menu.

2 Adjust the date.

3 Press ENTER to save.

Correcting the time

1 Select System/Date/Time / Time from the menu.

2 Adjust the time.

Page 298: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring system settings ("System" menu)

298 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.3.4 Configuring a large display (System / Large display)

Large displays can be connected to the Solar Log500

using 2 different

technologies.

Through the S0 pulse output

Through the RS485 (recommended)

It is recommended to use the RS485 connection, as in this case the numerical

values in Solar Log™ are synchronized with the values shown on the display.

If certain inverters are used (Fronius, Eaton/Sunville), however, the S0

interface must be used since parallel operation is not possible.

In this case, data on the large display can only be used correctly if inverter

configuration has been completed and the inverters are feeding in.

Setting the display on the S0 output

1 Select System/Large display/Display S0 from the menu.

2 Enter the pulse factor.

The pulse factor must match that of the display (Default: 1000).

3 Press ENTER to save.

Setting the display on RS485

1 Select System/Large display/Display RS485 from the menu

2 Enter the pulse factor

The pulse factor must match that of the display (Default: 1000).

3 Press ENTER to save.

If no inverters are configured on the RS485 interface (e.g. in Bluetooth mode),

the Solar Log500

transmits at 9600 Baud, 8N1.

Page 299: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring network settings ("Network" menu)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 299 of 374

9.4 Configuring network settings ("Network" menu)

The network configuration, i.e. allocation of an IP address for the local

network, can be performed either automatically or manually.

9.4.1 Obtain an IP address automatically (Network / Automatic)

For automatic configuration, the Solar Log500

must be connected to an Internet

router which has the automatic network addressing service (DHCP). All

routers are usually pre-configured to attempt automatic detection first.

1 Select Network/Automatic/Yes from the menu.

2 Press ENTER to start searching for an IP address.

When the search is started, the Solar Log™ attempts to obtain an IP

address through an Internet router. This can take up to 60 seconds.

If an IP address has been obtained for Solar Log500

, it is shown on the

display. All other settings, such as Subnet Mask, Gateway and DNS Server

if necessary, are also entered automatically.

Take note of the address. This address is used for accessing from a PC

later.

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.4.2 Setting an IP address manually (Network / Manual)

If the Solar Log500

is not connected to a router, or if the DHCP server is

disabled in the router, the network configuration must be carried out manually.

The default address is 192.168.178.49 and can be adapted only through a

direct PC connection, or through a router without the DHCP service, in order

to allow access from the PC.

In this case, please consult a network specialist who can assign a suitable

network address, make the other gateway settings, and so on.

Setting the IP address manually

1 Select Network/Manual/IP address from the menu.

2 Enter the IP address.

This address is used for accessing from a PC later.

3 Press ENTER to save.

Entering the Subnet Mask

1 Select Network/Manual/Subnet Mask from the menu.

2 Enter the Subnet Mask.

The Subnet Mask is the same for all devices on the network.

3 Press ENTER to save.

Page 300: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data ("Inverter" menu)

300 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Entering the gateway

The gateway is the router to which Solar Log500

is connected. Its IP address is

entered here automatically, if the DHCP service is enabled on the router.

1 Select Network/Manual/Gateway from the menu.

2 Enter the IP address of the router.

This IP address is the same for all devices on the network.

3 Press ENTER to save.

Switching the DNS Server on/off

In some networks, the DNS server is a separate address for resolving Internet

addresses, and is not the same as the Internet router (gateway).

1 Select Network/Manual/DNS server from the menu.

2 Yes or No depending on whether a DNS server is to be used.

3 Press ENTER to save.

If Yes has been selected,

4 Enter the IP address of the DNS server

5 Press ENTER to save.

9.5 Configuring the inverter data ("Inverter" menu)

In this configuration step the inverters used can be allocated to the Solar

Log500

interfaces and inverter detection can be carried out.

9.5.1 Inverter selection for Bluetooth (Inverter / Bluetooth)

Note

This menu item appears only in Solar Log500

BT models with integrated

Bluetooth module.

Activate the Bluetooth function only if the Solar Log™ is to communicate

wirelessly with the SMA-SB 3000/4000/5000-20.

1 Select Inverter/Bluetooth from the menu.

2 Activate Bluetooth functionality

3 Press ENTER to save.

If other inverters are to be configured, select the corresponding interface

and assign the inverter to it.

4 To complete the inverter configuration, perform inverter detection (Page

302).

9.5.2 Inverter selection on RS485/422 B interface (Inverter / RS485/422)

Parallel operation of Bluetooth and RS485/422 is possible with SMA inverters.

1 Select Inverter/RS485/422 from the menu.

2 Select SMA as the inverter manufacturer.

Page 301: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data ("Inverter" menu)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 301 of 374

3 Press ENTER to save.

If other inverters are to be configured, select the corresponding interface

and assign the inverter to it.

4 To complete the inverter configuration, perform inverter detection (Page

302).

9.5.3 Configuring the power meter on the S0 input (Inverter / S0 meter)

If an external S0 power meter is used, it must be activated here.

The S0 meter can be configured flexibly and used in 3 modes:

as the power meter for an inverter

(In inverter mode, the meter can read an inverter for which the data

protocol is not supported.)

to meter the yield of the entire system

as a consumption meter.

1 Select Inverter/S0 meter from the menu.

2 Select a mode: Consumption, Inverter or Total yield

The pulse factor must then be set to match the pulse factor of the meter.

3 Enter the appropriate pulse factor.

4 Press ENTER to save.

Page 302: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data ("Inverter" menu)

302 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

9.5.4 Perform inverter detection (Inverter / Detection)

Inverter detection can be started here. To be detected, the inverters must be

feeding in power.

1 Select Inverter/ Detection/Yes from the menu.

Provided they have been activated, the individual interfaces of the Solar

Log500

are queried in order:

– Bluetooth

First, all SMA Bluetooth interfaces are shown in a list. Since more

inverters may be detected than are actually installed (e.g. those in a

neighboring house may also be detected), the listed inverters have to

be checked.

– RS485/422

– S0 meter

The meter must send at least 1 pulse within 60 seconds.

During detection, the inverters that have been detected are displayed

immediately. Detection can take some time. "Channel lists" are loaded for

SMA inverters. This can take several minutes for each inverter.

After inverter detection, the total number of inverters detected is displayed.

2 Delete Bluetooth inverters from the list:

Select inverters and press ENTER.

If the selection is correct, press ESC.

Inverter detection can be repeated at any time, or cancelled completely.

Re-detecting inverters

If new inverters have been added to the system or, for example, SMA

inverters have been replaced, it will also be necessary to carry out a new

detection (Page 233). This will not cause any loss of data, as Solar

Log500

automatically re-formats the data. However, before running a new

detection, it is essential to make a data backup at the PC and restore the

backup afterwards if necessary.

Page 303: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the Internet data ("Internet" menu)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 303 of 374

9.6 Configuring the Internet data ("Internet" menu)

So that the Solar Log™ can send data over the Internet and/or to the web site

(Page 370), it must be connected to an Internet router and network

configuration must be completed.

9.6.1 Setting automatic data exports (Internet / Data export)

Here, automatic exports of Solar Log500

data to the homepage or through the

gateway can be switched on or off.

1 Select Internet/Data export from the menu.

2 Select Active to switch on automatic export (or Inactive to switch off).

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.6.2 Setting the Internet gateway (Internet / Solar Log WEB)

Here you set the type of Solar-Log homepage; for more information about the

homepage Page 370.

1 Select Internet/Solar-Log WEB from the menu.

2 Select Full Service, Classic-2nd

Edition, Self Made or Classic-1st

Edition.

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.6.3 Server definition (Internet / Server)

Here you enter the name of the server name for the homepage to which Solar

Log500

is to transfer the data.

1 Select Internet/Server from the menu.

2 Enter the server name (default: home.solarlog-web.de)

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.6.4 Entering a user name (Internet / User)

Here you enter the user name for the homepage to which Solar Log500

is to

transfer the data.

1 Select Internet/User from the menu.

2 Enter the user name.

3 Press ENTER to save.

Page 304: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the Internet data ("Internet" menu)

304 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

9.6.5 Setting a password (Internet / Password)

Here you enter the password for the homepage to which Solar Log500

is to

transfer the data.

1 Select Internet/Password from the menu.

2 Enter a password

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.6.6 Intervals for transferring data to the homepage (Internet / Interval)

Here you enter the interval at which Solar Log500

is to automatically send data

for the homepage.

1 Select Internet/Interval from the menu.

2 Select the desired interval

(1 hr., 2 hrs., 4 hrs., 8 hrs. or once daily)

3 Press ENTER to save.

9.6.7 Test transmission (Internet / Connection test)

The transmission test allows you to check whether the settings have been

made correctly and data transfers are working over the Internet. The test

transmission only sends a small file, in order to reduce the transfer time and

therefore the waiting time.

1 Select Internet/Connection from the menu.

2 Yes to start the test transmission.

If a fault is detected, a fault code is displayed; Page 358.

In this case, check the settings then repeat the test transmission as often

as necessary until an OK message is displayed.

3 Press ESC to end the test.

Page 305: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log500: Configuration at the unit

Internal settings, deleting and PIN lock functions ("Internal" menu)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 305 of 374

9.7 Internal settings, deleting and PIN lock functions ("Internal" menu)

This menu can be used to carry out delete and security functions.

9.7.1 Reset (Internal / Reset)

Using the menus on the unit, there are 3 ways of resetting the Solar Log500

:

Delete data

In certain circumstances after an inverter detection, it may occur that

incorrect or unusable data are displayed. In this case, the stored can be

deleted without having to reconfigure the Solar Log500

completely.

Delete inverter

If another inverter detection has to be started, it is possible to delete the

inverter data only, without having to delete the rest of the configuration.

Restore factory settings

This is used to reset the unit more or less to its as-delivered state (Page

363). The network configuration remains unaffected.

1 Select Internal/Reset from the menu.

2 Select Delete data, Delete inverter or Factory settings.

3 Select Yes.

9.7.2 PIN lock (Internal / PIN lock)

Here, a 4 digit PIN code can be entered to restrict access to the configuration

menu on the Solar Log500

display.

This PIN code has no effect on the operation through the web browser. This

can be protected separately.

1 Select Internet/PIN lock from the menu.

2 Select Active (select Inactive to remove the PIN lock.)

3 Enter a 4-digit PIN code

4 Press ENTER to save.

For the PIN lock to become active, the Solar Log500

needs to be re-started.

After it is up and running, the PIN code is then required in order to open the

configuration menu.

Page 306: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Working with the touchscreen

306 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

10 Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

10.1 Working with the touchscreen

The display on the Solar Log1000

consists of a touchscreen, which is operated

by touching the appropriate control element with the finger.

Initial screen: Overview screen

On the initial screen in normal operation, the unit display gives an overview of

system information, with the date, time, the connected inverters, and various

measurements and calculation data.

Touch any part of the screen (or any unused space on the graphic display)

to open the main menu.

10.1.1 Main menu – Configuration menu

The main menu contains 4 menu headings, the Config. configuration menu

contains the following submenu items:

Touch a submenu item to open the related configuration dialog.

Note

This manual describes only the menu items under Config.for the

configuration. (Depending on the equipment variant, the items in this menu

may differ slightly from those in the figure.)

The other menu items are explained in the user manual.

Page 307: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Working with the touchscreen

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 307 of 374

10.1.2 Control elements in the configuration dialog boxes

Buttons

Buttons are the elements with rounded corners.

Action Button at the bottom edge of the display

Show main menu Menu or an empty space on the display

Save the settings in the dialog box Save

Go to next dialog Next during a dialog sequence

Go back to previous dialog Back during a dialog sequence

Buttons inside a dialog box

Show selection list e.g. Overall system (see above)

Start test transmission e.g. Test SMS

Selection lists

Action – list on left Touch the control element

Scroll list upward ^

Scroll list downward V

Select list item Touch list item

Confirm selection and open in the dialog box Select

Return to dialog without selecting Cancel

Action – list on right

Confirm selection and open in the dialog box Back

Page 308: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Working with the touchscreen

308 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Input boxes

Input boxes have square corners:

Touching an input box opens the virtual keypad.

Virtual keyboard

When an input box is touched, another input screen in which text or numbers,

are entered, i.e. a virtual keyboard.

Action Touch the control element

Delete one character backwards <–

Clear all contents of an input box C

Switch between upper and lower case letters Shift

Confirm input and open in the dialog box OK

Return to dialog without making changes Cancel

Option fields

Option fields give a number of options, one of which has to be enabled.

Action Touch the control element

Enable the option (simple selection)

One of the options must be enabled

Disable the option

Page 309: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Working with the touchscreen

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 309 of 374

Check boxes

With check boxes, you can enable one, or several, or none of the options.

Action Control element

Enable the option (multiple selections allowed)

Disable the option (complete de-selection allowed)

Confirmation dialog box

The confirmation dialog box opens if you exit a dialog without saving the

settings.

Action Control element

Save all settings in the dialog box Yes

Dismiss all settings in the dialog box No

Page 310: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Overview of configuration menu navigation "Config."

310 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

10.2 Overview of configuration menu navigation "Config."

Config. Start Initial configuration

Inverter detection

Easy Installation

Basic Network

WLAN *)

Plant groups

Inverter

Forecast

Internet Basic settings

E-mail/SMS

WEB

Advanced Plant monitoring

Large display

Alarm contact

RS485 wireless package

External switch

Internal Data correction

System

Firmware

Language settings

Country setting

*)only Solar Log™ WiFi

Page 311: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Performing the initial configuration (Config. / Start / Initial configuration)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 311 of 374

10.3 Performing the initial configuration (Config. / Start / Initial configuration)

The "Initial configuration" menu is opened automatically at the initial startup.

However, it can be opened again at any time afterwards.

The initial configuration is made through dialog boxes:

Time settings and IP address

Inverter selection

Power meter on S0 input

Performing inverter detection (Config. / Start / Inverter detection)

To open the initial configuration:

Select Config./Start/Initial configuration from the menu.

The time setting and IP address are displayed in the dialog box.

10.3.1 Time settings and IP address

Dialog boxes

System settings

Time zone, Date/Time and Summertime setting

The clock time is factory-set, but it may be lost due to long periods of

storage.

The time zone, date and summertime (day light savings) values must be

set correctly, so that no incorrect statuses or results are obtained during

monitoring and graph display, e.g. when e-mail messages are sent or when

displaying a curve on the daily graph.

Network settings

– IP Address

In general, the IP address only needs to be changed or checked if Solar

Log1000

is to be connected to a router without the DHCP service, or

connected directly to a PC.

The IP address is factory-set to 192.168.178.49, and this can be

changed here to a network address which is appropriate for the local

network.

After saving, the Solar Log1000

.restarts automatically

Page 312: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Performing the initial configuration (Config. / Start / Initial configuration)

312 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

– Obtain IP address automatically

The IP address can be obtained automatically if Solar Log1000

is

connected to an Internet router which provides the DHCP service.

After saving and the automatic restart, the new IP address is displayed

accordingly. The Solar Log1000

can now be reached at this address and

it has automatic access to the Internet.

Procedure

1 Enter all the related data (see above list)

2 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

10.3.2 Inverter selection

In the inverter selection, manufacturers of the inverters connected to Solar

Log1000

can be selected and assigned to all interfaces through a series of

dialog boxes.

Inverter selection order:

– RS485-A

– RS485/422-B

Sensor (only with RS485-A and RS485/422-B):

The MT SensorBox is treated like an inverter and is therefore marked

as a MT&Sensor type (when selecting the inverters on RS485-A and

RS485/422-B).

– CAN

– Network

– S0

The inverter selection dialog boxes are structured differently depending on

the interface.

Procedure

1 Touch Please choose

A list of inverters is displayed for selection:

2 Touch Select to select and assign an inverter.

If no interface is assigned, select None.

3 After each inverter selection, touch Save and then Next to go to the next

dialog.

Page 313: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Performing the initial configuration (Config. / Start / Initial configuration)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 313 of 374

10.3.3 Power meter on S0 input

This can be used to activate a power meter if there is one connected to the S0

input, or exclude it if none is connected.

The power meter is managed by Solar Log1000

as a virtual inverter. It is

assigned the number 1, and all other 'real' inverters are numbered starting

from there.

1 Touch Yes (= Activate input) or No (= Deactivate input).

2 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Inverter detection

As the initial configuration is intended to provide a quick way of getting the

system up and running, the "Inverter detection" dialog can be opened directly

here (Seite 314).

Procedure

Touch Go to inverter detection

or

If inverter detection is to be performed at a later time using the Inverter

detection menu item, the settings made up to this point can be saved:

Touch Save.

Page 314: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Performing inverter detection (Config. / Start / Inverter detection)

314 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

10.4 Performing inverter detection (Config. / Start / Inverter detection)

Inverter detection is used to detect all inverters connected to Solar Log1000

and

assign them to the address numbers defined during inverter selection in the

"Initial configuration" dialog.

The number and types of the devices are detected automatically, and memory

allocation in Solar Log1000

is optimized to make data storage as permanent as

possible.

If the number of inverters changes, the internal database needs to be

restructured, and this can be a lengthy process depending on the amount of

data already stored.

The "Inverter detection" menu is opened automatically after the initial startup

and the initial configuration. However, it can be opened again at any time

afterwards.

Procedure

Select Config./Start/Inverter detection from the menu.

For the initial detection, the following dialog box is opened.

Touch Start

The following overview screen then appears.

All interfaces are scanned one after the other and any inverters found are

listed under the predefined inverter types. This process can last different

lengths of time depending on the inverters connected.

Important: For inverter detection, all inverters must be active. Detection

cannot therefore be carried out after dark.

After detection is complete, the number of inverters detected should be

checked in the list. If an inverter is missing, check the inverter setting and the

wiring (Section 4) and repeat the detection process.

The other settings in the inverter configuration should be made only after all

inverters have been successfully detected.

Page 315: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 315 of 374

If no inverters have been detected, this is also indicated on the display. In this

case, the detection process must be repeated.

Once detection has been completed successfully, you are asked whether

inverter configuration (Page325) is to be carried out.

If all inverters have been detected,

Confirm with by selecting Yes.

The "Configure inverter data" dialog box is opened (Page325).

10.5 Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

Configuring the network settings – if this is necessary after the initial

configuration – covers the following points:

Changing the network access

Changing the DHCP settings

Settings for analog modem

Settings for GPRS modem

Solar Log1000

WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

To configure the basic network settings:

Select Config./Basic Network from the menu.

10.5.1 Changing the network access

Here, the IP address and Subnet mask of the Solar Log1000

can be configured

if necessary.

However, all routers with the DHCP service enabled are pre-set so that this

data is entered automatically:

Dialog boxes

IP Address, Subnet Mask

The default address is 192.168.178.49 and can be adapted only through a

direct PC connection, or through a router without the DHCP service, in

order to allow access from the PC.

In this case, please consult a network specialist who can assign a suitable

network address, make the other gateway settings, and so on.

Internet access

Page 316: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

316 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

– None

The Solar Log1000

can only be accessed locally, i.e. through a direct PC

connection or through a network router without Internet access.

– Network router

The Internet is accessed through an Internet router. The Internet router

must be connected to the network interface of Solar Log1000

. This router

handles all dial up access and data transfers over the Internet. A DSL,

cable modem or wireless router can be connected.

The important thing is that Internet dial up should always be possible

from the Solar Log1000

. The Internet router should not be switched off,

otherwise ordinary messaging will no longer possible when there is a

fault and the homepage will not be correctly supplied with data.

– Analog modem

Internet access is provided by the analog modem package (Page 195)

and using an analog telephone connection; this is configured in a later

dialog box.

– GPRS modem

Internet access is provided by the mobile communications package

(Page 196) or in Solar Log1000

GPRS (Page 14) through the mobile

phone network; this is configured in a later dialog box.

Procedure

1 Enable the desired option

2 Touch the input boxes beside IP Address and Subnet Mask.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the relevant data and touch OK to confirm.

4 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

10.5.2 Changing the DHCP settings

The DHCP Service on the router must be activated here. The DNS server can

also be defined.

Dialog boxes

Network router

– Obtain IP address automatically

The IP address can be obtained automatically if Solar Log1000

is

connected to an Internet router which provides the DHCP service.

Page 317: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 317 of 374

After saving and the automatic restart, the new IP address is displayed

accordingly. The Solar Log1000

can now be reached at this address and

it has automatic access to the Internet.

– Gateway

The gateway is the router to which Solar Log1000

is connected. Its IP

address is entered here automatically, if the DHCP service is enabled

on the router.

Alternate DNS server

In some networks, the DNS server is a separate address for resolving

Internet addresses, and is not the same as the Internet router (gateway).

In this case, tick the check box and enter the IP address of the DNS server.

Procedure

1 Enter all the related data (see above list)

2 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 318: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

318 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

10.5.3 Settings for analog modem

If Internet access by analog modem has been selected, the access data of the

telephone service provider must be entered here.

Dialog boxes

Internet-by-call No., user name, password

This is pre-set to Internet-by-call access through Arcor. This can be

modified as necessary.

Pre-dial "0".

In certain telephone systems, a "0" has to be dialed before dialing the

actual telephone number.

Dial tone Off

In a standard modem, the dialing process is audible; this provides a good

initial testing function until the connection is established. The dial tone can

then be switched off.

If there are problems with the Internet connection, the best solution is to

check the line with a conventional telephone to determine whether the

telephone connection is working or is disconnected. In this way, you can

find out quickly and easily whether it is necessary to pre-dial "0".

Allow dial in

Solar Log1000

generally allows dial up if an analog modem is used. This

means that the Solar Log1000

can be dialed up from outside using a PC and

another modem, if this has been enabled.

Password

The factory-set password is "solarlog" - this should be changed.

Procedure

1 Enter all the related data (see above list)

2 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 319: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 319 of 374

10.5.4 Settings for GPRS modem

In many cases where no DSL or telephone connection is available, a mobile

phone connection to the Internet is the only option for sending e-mails, text

messages (SMS) and data over the Internet to the homepage.

All data are factory-configured for the German networks; but it is simple to

select your own network from a PC (Page 225).

Other networks can be detected by entering the APN, user name and

password. Please contact your mobile service provider for the appropriate

information.

Dialog boxes

Enter the following configuration information here; this information can be

obtained from your mobile service provider:

APN

APN (Access Point Name) of the mobile service provider

Users

User name for your mobile phone account

Password

Password for the mobile phone account

SIM PIN code

PIN number of the SIM card

Procedure

1 Enter all the related data (see above list)

The mobile service provider recommends leaving the user name and

password empty; however, sometimes it is necessary to type in some text

in order to establish the data connection successfully.

2 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 320: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Changing the network settings (Basic / Network)

320 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Setting options and testing the GPRS modem connection

Dialog boxes

Test field strength

If the network connection has been set up through a GPRS modem, this

button can be used to test the connection and the signal quality.

Always stay online

If this option is enabled, the modem remains online continuously. Only

useAlways stay online if you are using an appropriate mobile

communication tariff contract.

Caution: If you use this option and do not have a suitable mobile phone

contract, the charges can be very high.

Text message (SMS) directly over modem

If this option is enabled, text messages (SMS) are sent and billed directly

through the SIM card. Alternatively, text messages (SMS) can be sent

through an text messages (SMS) provider. See SMS

Procedure

1 First, touch Test field strength.

A box opens and indicates the signal quality:

2 Touch Back to close the test window.

3 Touch Save.

4 Enable the desired option(s) Always stay online and/or

SMS directly over modem.

5 Touch Save.

Page 321: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Solar Log1000 WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 321 of 374

10.6 Solar Log1000 WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

Dialog boxes

Activate WiFi

This check box can be used to switch WiFi access on or off.

Choose network

This button is used to initiate a search for wireless networks.

Network Name

The name of the network is entered here. If the network name is hidden

("Hidden SSID"), the Access Point is not displayed by the network scan. In

this case, the network name must be entered manually.

Encryption

If the network name is hidden ("Hidden SSID"), the encryption type is not

displayed by the network scan. In this case, it must be entered manually.

Possible encryption types:

TKIP, AES, WEP 64/128, WPA2 EAP-TLS, WPA2-PSK

Manual

This button opens an input box where you can enter the encryption type

manually.

Network key

Enter the network key here.

Connection test

Use this button to start testing the WiFi reception quality.

Procedure

1 Touch Activate WiFi, then Choose network, to start the network scan.

A list of the detected networks is displayed for selection.

2 Select the desired network from the list and touch Select to configure it.

3 Enter all the related data (see above list)

Page 322: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Solar Log1000 WiFi: WLAN configuration (Basic/WLAN)

322 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

4 Touch Test transmission.

A window opens and shows the reception quality.

5 Touch Back to close the test window.

6 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

IP settings for WiFi operation

Dialog boxes

Obtain automatically (DHCP)

The IP address can be obtained automatically if Solar Log1000

is connected

to an Internet router which allows the DHCP service.

After saving and the automatic restart, the new IP address is displayed.

The Solar Log1000

can now be reached at this address and it has automatic

access to the Internet.

All routers usually come with the DHCP service enabled, so that all the

subsequent data are entered automatically:

– IP Address, Subnet Mask

Here, the IP address and Subnet mask of the Solar Log1000

can be

configured if necessary.

However, all routers with the DHCP service enabled are pre-set so that

this data is entered automatically.

The default address is 192.168.178.49 and can be adapted only

through a direct PC connection, or through a router without the DHCP

service, in order to allow access from the PC.

In this case, please consult a network specialist who can assign a

suitable network address, make the other gateway settings, and so on.

– Gateway

Page 323: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Defining plant groups (Basic / Plant Groups)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 323 of 374

The gateway is the router to which Solar Log1000

is connected. Its IP

address is entered here automatically, if the DHCP service is enabled

on the router.

– DNS server

In some networks, the DNS server is a separate address for resolving

Internet addresses, and is not the same as the Internet router

(gateway).

In this case, tick the check box and enter the IP address of the DNS

server.

Procedure

1 Enter all the related data (see above list)

2 Touch Save.

10.7 Defining plant groups (Basic / Plant Groups)

As the Solar Log1000

can manage up to 100 inverters at the same time, it is

helpful to divide these into groups. To provide a clearer overview, these

groups are then shown in all selection dialog boxes.

Up to 10 plant groups can be defined, each containing up to15 inverters:

Each system group can also be shown on a special large display (Page

345).

However, individual inverters can still be selected from the group concerned.

Select Config./Basic/Groups from the menu.

A dialog box opens for defining the plant groups.

Dialog boxes

All inverters belong to one plant.

If this option is enabled, the inverters are not divided into groups and can

be accessed individually.

Inverters are divided into groups

If this option is enabled, one or more groups have to be defined.

Procedure

1 Enable the desired option (see above list).

Page 324: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Defining plant groups (Basic / Plant Groups)

324 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

2 To define groups

(Option Inverters are divided into groups has been activated):

Touch Group definition.

A selection list is displayed.

3 Select a group and touch Back to continue.

The "Plant group" sub dialog box opens.

The bottom area shows a list of the inverters already assigned.

4 Touch Add to select from the inverters list, then touch Back to close the

list.

5 Under Name you can change the name of the group using the virtual

keyboard, then confirm with OK.

6 In the "Plant group" sub dialog box, touch Back.

7 Define any other groups required in the initial dialog

8 When all groups have been defined, touch Save the initial dialog box.

Page 325: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 325 of 374

10.8 Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Inverter configuration consists of a number of sub dialog boxes, but only the

first two are important for the initial configuration.

The other settings are related to plant monitoring and graph scaling, which are

already pre-set with realistic values. Nothing usually needs to be changed

here.

The following individual dialogs are available for inverter configuration:

Changing the inverter data

Assigning a new number

(only for inverters without their own addressing function)

Changing the name

Entering a pulse factor (only for S0 meter)

Setting the S0 meter (only or S0 meter)

Setting the module and power data

Configuring the monitoring

Configuring the graph display

All the dialog boxes apply only to the inverters that have been selected.

1 Select Config./Basic/Inverter from the menu.

A dialog box opens for selecting the inverters.

2 To select an inverter, touch the corresponding Number.

A list of the inverters available in the initial configuration is displayed.

3 Select the desired inverter, then confirm with Select.

Changing the inverter data

Note

The entries in the inverter configuration dialog boxes shown in the above

example will differ according to the inverter and the interface.

Page 326: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

326 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Dialog boxes

Number

Indicates the internal position at which the inverter (or plant group) was

detected.

New number

Input box for entering a new number.

Unit name, Address / Serial number

Display fields only, not editable: the internal device name of the inverter.

The device designation and serial number are read off automatically for

most manufacturers. In the case of other inverter manufacturers, the

communication address is displayed.

Pulse factor (only when selecting an S0 meter)

In the default setting, Solar Log1000

sends 1000 pulses/kWh over the S0

output. The pulse factor must be configured to match the pulse factor of the

meter.

Name

Short description of the inverter.

Assigning a new number

(only for inverters without their own addressing function)

Inverters that do not have the ability to set their own communication address,

e.g. SMA and Kyocera / PowerLynx, are listed in random order or in the

ascending order of their serial numbers.

This order should then be changed to the actual installed order.

The order should be changed immediately after inverter detection, as the data

relating to the inverter cannot be deleted or switched to the new number

afterwards.

Procedure

To assign a new number:

1 Touch the new number box beside New Number.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the desired communication address and confirm with OK.

Changing the name

You should always change the name, or at least check the displayed names.

You should choose a name that is unique and meaningful, as the it will be

appearing in numerous selection lists and displays.

Procedure

In order to change the inverter name:

1 Touch the input box beside Name.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the desired name and confirm with OK.

Page 327: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 327 of 374

3 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Entering a pulse factor (only for S0 meter)

In the standard setting, most meters send 1000 pulses/kWh over the S0

output. The pulse factor of the Solar Log™ must be adapted to the pulse

factor of the connected meter.

Note

The pulse factor of Solar Log1000

and of the S0 meter must be set to the same

value.

Procedure

In order to change the pulse factor:

1 Touch the number box beside Pulse factor.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the desired pulse factor and confirm with OK.

3 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Setting the S0 meter

This sub dialog box is available only if a power meter is connected to Solar

Log1000

and has been selected.

Dialog boxes

The S0 meter is flexible and can be set in 3 modes:

– in Inverter mode for inverters with data protocols that are not

supported

– as Overall yield meter to count the total output from the entire plant

– as Consumption meter to calculate the system's own consumption

rate.

Connected module power

A value for the connected module power is needed in inverter mode, in

order to make power comparisons between the different inverters and

offset them against each other.

Module field (1-9)

In the module field, the same types of strings are placed together for plant

monitoring and to be monitored together. For a roof with equal modules,

Page 328: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

328 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

which have the same alignment and the same angle of inclination on the

roof, all strings are assigned to module field "1". If there are other inverters

connected, which are operating with a different roof alignment, these

strings are given the module field number "2" etc.

Procedure

1 Enable required mode Inverter mode, Overall yield meter or

Consumption meter.

2 Touch the input box at Connected module power

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the desired module power and confirm with OK.

4 Touch the input box beside Module field.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

5 Enter the number of the module field and confirm with OK.

6 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Setting the module and power data

Dialog for standard inverters

In standard inverters, the individual strings are interconnected internally.

Dialog boxes

Connected module power

A value for the connected module power at the inverter is needed in order

to make power comparisons between the different inverters and offset

them against each other.

Module field (1-9)

In the module field, the same types of strings are placed together for plant

monitoring and to be monitored together. For a roof with equal modules,

which have the same alignment and the same angle of inclination on the

roof, all strings are assigned to module field "1". If there are other inverters

connected, which are operating with a different roof alignment, these

strings are given the module field number "2" etc.

Procedure

Page 329: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 329 of 374

In order to set the module and power data:

1 Touch the input box at Connected module power

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the desired module power and confirm with OK.

3 Touch the input box beside Module field.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

4 Enter the number of the module field and confirm with OK.

5 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Dialog for multi-string inverters

Dialog boxes

String

Display field only, not editable: Module string numbers

Module field

Module field numbers can be used to assign the same types of strings or

inverters. In the plant monitoring, only strings or inverters with the same

module field number are offset against each other.

Each connected string is allocated to a module field. Module fields are

subdivided according to solar module type, angles of inclination and

alignment. If all modules within a system are of the same type and have

the same alignment, only one module field, e.g. "1", is defined. Strings not

used must be switched off (switched to "0"),

Other module fields must be defined for modules with different alignments.

Each field is made up of at least two individual strings, which monitor each

other.

Example:

A plant with 23.6 kWp is divided into 3 × SMA SB5000TL and 2 × SMA

SB2500.

18 kWp is located on a barn roof with 30° inclination, 20° South-East

deviation, and 5 kWp on an adjoining garage roof, 32° inclination, 0° South

deviation.

Location Inverter String power Module field

Barn 1.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 1.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 1.SB5000TL 2200 1

Barn 2.SB5000TL 2000 1

Page 330: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

330 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Barn 2.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 2.SB5000TL 2200 1

Barn 3.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 3.SB5000TL 2000 1

Barn 3.SB5000TL 2200 1

Garage 1.SB2500 2500 2

Garage 2.SB2500 2500 2

All connected strings allow mutual monitoring, the strings in module field 1

allow multiple monitoring, and the two strings in module field 2 mutual

monitoring.

Connected module power

For inverters or strings (in multi-string inverters only), the connected

module power must be indicated in the exact total module power.

Example: 28 × 160 Watt modules = 4480

Name

The name of the string that is shown on the homepage or PC view (for

multi-string inverters only).

Procedure

In order to set the module and power data:

1 Touch the input box beside Module field.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the number of the module field and confirm with OK.

3 Touch the input box beside Module power.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

4 Enter the desired module power and confirm with OK.

5 Touch the input box beside Name.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

6 Enter the name of the string and confirm with OK.

7 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 331: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 331 of 374

Configuring the monitoring

Note

When configuring through the touchscreen, the "Monitoring" sub dialog does

not apply for power meters. Power meters in inverter mode can be configured

from the PC (Page 241).

Defining faults

Dialog boxes

Active, Inactive

Monitoring can be activated for the desired period, or deactivated

completely.

Period of time unshadowed, Monitoring starts at min. power

Combined conditions for fault definition:

Monitoring is based on continuous comparison of the power from all

inverters, including individual trackers in the case of inverters with more

than one tracker.

If an individual module loses power, the string power for the same level of

irradiation will drop, and can thus be detected and reported.

Power comparison always works reliably even if the weather is cloudy. The

important thing is that the modules should not be in the shade during the

set period. Therefore, the monitoring period should be scheduled for

periods when there are no shadows.

As power measurement in the inverter is very inaccurate under a certain

threshold, you can also specify a minimum percentage value (Monitoring

starts at minimum power) below which monitoring is interrupted.

Permanent snow covering possible

False messages may occur if the unit is covered in snow. These are

messages from the power comparison that occur as a result of partial

covering, or failure messages if the inverter is no longer switched on at all

because it is completely covered by snow.

There are two ways to minimize this problem:

– The minimum percentage value above which power monitoring starts

should be set as high as possible, e.g. 30%. For example, if the

generator power is 4500 Wp, power monitoring will start only at 1350

watts. The partly shaded modules reduce the power from the unshaded

Page 332: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

332 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

modules so that the required 1350 watts is hardly ever or never

reached. This is how the problem of partial covering is resolved.

– Failure messages are always sent when the inverter is not working or

not online at times that have been configured as unshaded. It is then

assumed that there is a fault. Complete snow covering would therefore

be reported as a failure. To solve this problem, there is a check box for

Permanent snow covering. If this is set to Yes no failure message is

set if all inverters are offline. This option also depends on the current

date. It is not taken into account in the period from the start of

November to the end of April. Outside of this period, it is automatically

disabled. Monitoring then works as usual and also reports complete

failures of all inverters.

Procedure

To set monitoring:

1 Touch Active.

2 Touch the input boxes beside Unshadowed from and to.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the desired period and confirm with OK.

4 Touch the input box for Monitoring from minimum power.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

5 Enter the lower limit percentage of generator power at which monitoring is

to start, and confirm with OK.

6 Where necessary, enable Permanent snow cover possible.

7 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Configuring Messages

Dialog boxes

Message via

Alarm messages from the power monitoring can be sent by E-mail, Text

message (SMS) and/or Relay.

Starting from a deviation of

If the target power deviates from the actual power by more than a certain

tolerance, a message can be sent by e-mail or text message (SMS), or

through a relay, after the selected fault duration.

Page 333: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 333 of 374

Starting from malfunction duration of

This indicates how long a fault should be present continuously, before it is

recognized as a fault. The minimum fault duration is 5 minutes, but a

longer one should be selected.

Max. number of messages per day

So that malfunctions are not reported too often, a maximum number of

messages per day can be defined.

Procedure

To configure the limit values for fault messages, and the messaging in

general:

1 Select the message form (Relay, E-Mail and/or SMS) .

2 Touch the input box beside From deviation of.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the lower limit percentage of generator power at which a fault is

recognized, and confirm with OK.

4 Touch the input box beside Starting from ? of malfunction.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

5 Enter the lower limit percentage of the fault duration at which a fault is

recognized, and confirm with OK.

6 Touch the input box for Max. number of messages per day.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

7 Enter the maximum number of messages to be sent per day and confirm

with OK.

8 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 334: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the inverter data (Basic / Inverter)

334 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Configuring the graph display

If configuring through the display, only the Y-axis (power output) of the graph

for the yield data can be set; if configuring from a PC, both the Y-axis (Page

242) and the X-axis (time of day) can be (Page 245).

Nothing usually has to be changed here, as Solar Log1000

automatically

calculates the values for the generator power input. However, these values

can be adapted to your own data.

Dialog boxes

Day, Month, Year, All Years

For each period specified, the maximum value to be plotted can be entered

in kW (in W for a day).

The graph on the display and at the PC represents these values on the Y

axis.

Changes become effective when a new graph is displayed, or after a

displayed graph is updated.

Procedure

To set the representation on the Y-axis:

1 Touch the required input box beside Day, Month, Year and/or All Years.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the maximum value to be represented on the Y-axis and confirm with

OK.

3 Touch Save.

Page 335: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 335 of 374

10.9 Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast)

By setting forecast values for the yield data, you can check on the graph

whether the plant is reaching the desired annual yield or not.

To do this, a percentage rate is allocated to each month. This is deduced from

the yield statistics over the previous years.

Solar Log1000

always calculates the target value cumulatively, per day. This

means that, at the beginning of the month, it is not the total monthly target that

is set, but the target for days already passed, plus that of the current day.

In the forecast, Solar Log1000

also takes account of the yields in all previous

years, and in this way can allow for local weather events (in most cases, snow

in December). The yearly forecast is therefore usually fairly accurate by

September.

All the dialog boxes apply only to the inverters that have been selected.

To define the forecast data:

Select Config./Basic/Forecast from the menu.

A dialog box opens for defining the forecast data.

Defining inverter / plant groups and feed-in

Dialog boxes

Plant group

If plant groups are defined, forecast data can be defined here for a certain

plant group or for the whole plant.

Feed-in tariff

The feed-in compensation rate for the plant is entered here. The yield in

euro is calculated on the graph using this factor.

Yearly target

The annual target in kWh/kWp is entered here for the inverter or for the

plant group. The yield in the selected currency is calculated on the graph

using this factor.

Page 336: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Defining forecast data for the solar plant (Basic / Forecast)

336 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

To configure the feed-in tariff and yearly target:

1 Touch the button Plant group.

A list of inverters is displayed, or plant groups if these have been

defined.

2 Select the desired yield, and touch Back to continue.

3 Touch the input box beside Feed-in tariff.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

4 Enter the applicable feed-in tariff (for example, in cents) and confirm with

OK.

5 Touch the input box beside Yearly target.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

6 Enter the forecast value in kWh/kWp and confirm with OK.

7 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Setting monthly values for Target / Actual calculation

Dialog boxes

Jan to Dec

Enter the monthly percentage of the annual target here. The monthly

values can be adapted to suit the local conditions.

Procedure

1 Touch the input box beside the month concerned.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

The monthly percentages must add up to 100% of the yearly target.

2 Enter the monthly percentage of the yearly target and confirm with OK.

3 Touch Save.

Page 337: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Plant information for the homepage (Internet / Basic settings)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 337 of 374

10.10 Plant information for the homepage (Internet / Basic settings)

So that the Solar-Log1000

can send data (e.g. backup data) over the Internet

and/or yield data to be displayed on the homepage, it must be connected to

an Internet router and network configuration must be completed.

To configure the plant information for the homepage:

Select Config./Internet/Basic settings from the menu.

A dialog box opens for defining the forecast data.

Configuring the Internet portal

First, the type of Solar Log™ homepage has to be defined.

To set up and prepare a homepage, please also refer to the "Homepage"

section, Page 370.

Dialog boxes

Full Service, Classic-2nd

Edition, Self MadeClassic-1st

Edition

Option fields to activate the homepage type.

Procedure

1 Touch the option box for the desired homepage (Full Service, Classic-2nd

Edition, Self Made or Classic-1st

Edition).

2 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

The next dialogs vary according to the type of homepage selected.

Page 338: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Plant information for the homepage (Internet / Basic settings)

338 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Configuring "Full Service" and "Classic 1st Edition"

For this type of homepage, only basic user data is required:

Dialog boxes

Server, User name, Password

These details are provided in the registration documents after you have

registered for the corresponding service.

Procedure

1 Touch the input box beside each log on field.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the log on details that were provided for you and confirm with OK.

3 Touch Save.

Configuring "Classic 2nd Edition" and "Self Made"

For these types of homepage, the basic user data is entered for the FTP

server and the e-mail address:

Dialog boxes

FTP Server, User name, Password

These details are provided in the registration documents after you have

registered for the corresponding service. If you are working with your own

Self Made homepage, enter the details of your own server here.

Procedure

1 Touch the input box beside each log on field.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

Page 339: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring e-mail and text messages (SMS) (Internet / Email / SMS)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 339 of 374

2 Enter the log on details and confirm with OK.

3 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Dialog boxes

SMTP Server, User name, Password

These details were provided when you registered for the e-mail service.

Procedure

1 Touch the input box beside each log on field.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

2 Enter the log on details that were sent to you and confirm with OK.

3 Touch Save.

10.11 Configuring e-mail and text messages (SMS) (Internet / Email / SMS)

Text messages (SMS) are sent in two stages. First, an e-mail message is sent

to an e-mail service provider who provides the text message (SMS) service.

From a keyword on the Subject line, this provider detects that the message is

to be forwarded as a text message (SMS) to a certain number. For the

incoming e-mails, some e-mail providers forward a text message (SMS) free

of charge with the Subject line for information.

Alternatively, text messages (SMS) can also be sent and billed directly

through the SIM card (Page 319).

To configure e-mail and text messages (SMS):

Select Config./Internet/E-mail/SMS from the menu.

A dialog box opens for defining the e-mail and text messages (SMS).

Page 340: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring e-mail and text messages (SMS) (Internet / Email / SMS)

340 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Activating / deactivating e-mail / text messages (SMS)

The basic address settings are entered in this dialog box; the message

destinations and sending times are defined in the next dialog.

Dialog boxes

E-mail active

Check box to enable or disable e-mail messages.

E-mail addr. 1

Here you enter the e-mail address of the recipient to which e-mail

messages are to be sent.

E-mail addr. 2

Here you enter an additional e-mail for another recipient to which e-mail

messages are to be sent.

SMS active

Check box to enable or disable text messages (SMS).

Mobile No.

Enter the mobile phone number of the recipient to which text messages

(SMS) are to be sent.

Procedure

1 Select the required type of notification (E-mail active and/or SMS active).

2 Touch the required input box beside E-mail addr. 1, E-mail addr. 2 and/or

Mobile No..

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the e-mail address or mobile phone number of the recipient and

confirm with OK.

4 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 341: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring e-mail and text messages (SMS) (Internet / Email / SMS)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 341 of 374

Setting a sending time for the yield data

Dialog boxes

By e-mail

At the selected sending time, an e-mail message with the current yield data

is sent to the e-mail address(es) entered in the previous dialog box.

By SMS

At the selected sending time, a text message (SMS) with the current yield

data is sent to the mobile phone number(s) entered in the previous dialog

box.

Sending time

Here you set a sending time for the e-mail(s) and/or text messages (SMS).

Set a time when you are sure that the PV plant will be offline, even in

summer, e.g. after 22:30 (10:30 pm).

Procedure

1 Select the required type of notification (by e-mail and/or by SMS).

2 Touch the input box beside Send time.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the desired sending time and confirm with OK.

4 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Testing the connection

This dialog can be used to test the settings for text messages (SMS) and e-

mail by making a test transmission.

Page 342: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring e-mail and text messages (SMS) (Internet / Email / SMS)

342 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Dialog boxes

Test e-mail, Test SMS

These buttons are used to start the test transmissions.

Last transmission

Display field: Time of last transfer.

Status

Display field: Status of last transfer (Page 362)

Procedure

1 Touch the button beside desired test.

An information window appears after the test, so that the status can

be checked on the display.

2 Touch Save if the test was successful, otherwise touch Back to check and

correct the connection data.

Page 343: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Setting up automatic data exports (Internet / WEB)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 343 of 374

10.12 Setting up automatic data exports (Internet / WEB)

The automatic data export allows you to regularly transfer yield data to a

homepage, in order to present the system on the Internet along with its online

data. The data are transferred to the selected server (Page 337).

To set up and prepare a homepage, please also refer to the "Homepage"

section, Page 370.

To set up automatic data exports:

Select Config./Internet/WEB from the menu.

A dialog box opens for activating and setting the update interval.

Activating exports and setting the update interval

Dialog boxes

WEB activated

This check box is used to switch data exports on or off.

Update interval

The interval for data updates can be set by selecting one of the radio

buttons between 10 min and daily.

Procedure

1 Touch WEB activated.

2 Enable the desired Interval.

If not registered for flat-rate Internet, we recommend selecting the daily

option.

3 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog.

Page 344: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring plant monitoring (Extended / Plant monitoring)

344 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Testing the connection

Dialog boxes

Start test transmission

This button is used to start the transmission test. If there is a transmission

error, the corresponding error code appears beside Status (Page 358).

Procedure

1 Touch Start test transmission.

An information window appears after the test, so that the status can

be checked on the display.

2 Touch Save if the test was successful, otherwise touch Back to check and

correct the connection data.

10.13 Configuring plant monitoring (Extended / Plant monitoring)

These settings can be used to select all the fault types that are to set off the

alarm function. We recommend setting these parameters as the final step in

the configuration.

To activate plant monitoring:

Select Config./Advanced/Plant monitoring from the menu.

The system monitoring dialog box is opened

Dialog boxes

Close relay

The potential-free contact (relay) in Solar Log1000

closes if there is a fault.

This function can be used, for example, to switch on an external alarm light

in order to have a rapid visual indication.

Page 345: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the connection to the large display (Extended / Large display)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 345 of 374

Send e-mail

If there is a fault, an e-mail message is sent to the configured address.

Send SMS

If there is a fault, a text message (SMS) is sent to the configured mobile

phone number.

Switch on 'E' LED

If there is a fault, the "E" LED on Solar Log1000

starts flashing. This function

is useful if Solar Log1000

is being used without an Internet connection, and

the owner of the system would like to have a simple form of monitoring.

Procedure

1 Enable the desired options (see above list).

2 Touch Save.

10.14 Configuring the connection to the large display (Extended / Large display)

Large displays can be connected either through the RS485 bus (RS485/422

B, RS485 A interface) or through the S0 pulse output.

If the RS485 bus is already occupied by inverters, the large display can often

be connected in parallel. To do this, the baud rate of the display must match

the baud rate of the inverters using the bus.

Note

Always follow the instructions of the display manufacturer regarding the wiring

and any initial configuration that may be necessary.

To configure the connection to the large display:

Select Config./Advanced/Large display from the menu.

A dialog box opens for configuring the large display.

Dialog boxes

Page 346: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the connection to the large display (Extended / Large display)

346 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

RS485-A, RS485-B, S0 output

These check boxes are used to activate the display on the corresponding

interface, and appear in the various dialog boxes that appear one after the

other in the dialog sequence.

On the right of the check box is a display field which indicates if and how

the interface is already assigned.

Schneider Displaytechnik, RiCo Electronic Design, HvG Hard &

Software Engineering

These 3 large displays are currently supported on the RS485/422 B and

RS485 A interfaces.

Plant group

Here you can select which plant group is to be shown on the large display.

If no groups are used, the whole plant is shown.

Procedure

1 Enable the check box for the interface connection and the option field for

the connected display.

2 Touch the button Plant group.

A selection list is displayed:

3 Select the plant group to be shown on the large display and touch Back to

continue.

4 Touch Save, then touch Next to go to the next dialog if you want to

configure other displays.

Note

If the display is being configured on the S0 output, a pulse factor has to be

entered (Page 204):

The pulse factor in Solar Log1000

must be the same as the pulse factor on the

large display.

Page 347: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring alarm messages and signals for the alarm contact (Extended / Alarm contact)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 347 of 374

10.15 Configuring alarm messages and signals for the alarm contact (Extended / Alarm contact)

The Solar Log1000

continuously monitors its internal alarm contact. If this

contact is opened, it sets off an alarm which can be indicated in various ways.

Note

Only set the alarm contact to active if you have connected an alarm

circuit to the alarm contact connection.

To configure alarm signals and messages for the alarm contact:

Select Config./Advanced/Alarm contact from the menu.

A dialog box opens for configuring the alarm contact.

Dialog boxes

Alarm contact active

This check box is used to switch the alarm function on or off.

Notifications in the event of an alarm

Alarms can be communicated by E-mail, Relay, the Error-LED on the

front panel, SMS and/or through the internal Speaker of Solar Log1000

. The

e-mail, SMS and relay settings must be already configured.

Procedure

1 Enable the desired options (see above list).

2 If required, you can test the alarm: Touch Test for 10 sec..

3 Touch Save.

Page 348: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

RS485 wireless communications package: Testing the connection (Extended / RS485 wireless package)

348 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

10.16 RS485 wireless communications package: Testing the connection (Extended / RS485 wireless package)

This dialog box is used to test the wireless connection to the optional RS485

wireless communications package.

Note

The test function is only available with Solar Log1000

.

Before the connection test, the RS485 interface to be tested must be already

configured in the Config./Start/Initial configuration dialog box and the

wireless modules must be already set to the signaling speed of the inverters.

A red test adapter (loop back) is available for testing the wireless connection.

Note

For detailed instructions on how to install and set up the RS485 wireless

communications package, see the manual that accompanies the package.

To test the RS485 wireless connection:

Select Config./Advanced/RS485 wireless package from the menu.

A dialog box opens for testing the RS485 wireless package.

Dialog boxes

RS485-A

Display field which indicates the inverter to which the wireless package on

the RS485 A interface is assigned, or whether the connection is still free.

RS485-B

Display field which indicates the inverter to which the wireless package on

the RS485/422 B interface is assigned, or whether the connection is still

free.

Test

This button is used to start the transmission test.

Page 349: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

External switches - smart metering (Extended / External switches)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 349 of 374

Procedure

1 Touch the Test button beside the desired interface.

2 Select a switch from the list.

A window displaying the connection quality appears:

Note

The wireless package is only working correctly if the test signal

reaches 100%.

3 Touch Back to close the test window.

10.17 External switches - smart metering (Extended / External switches)

Up to 4 external switches can be configured through a series of 4 dialog

boxes, for example relays or even network sockets for LAN connections.

To configure an external switch:

Select Config./Advanced/External switches from the menu.

A dialog box opens for selecting an external switch.

Dialog boxes

Please choose:

Button for selecting an external switch.

Procedure

1 Touch Please choose

A list of external switches is displayed for selection.

2 Select a device and touch Select to continue.

Page 350: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Making data corrections (Internal / Data correction)

350 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

If no interface is assigned, select None.

If the selected device requires an IP address to be entered, this should be

indicated in the corresponding input box:

If it is displayed, touch the input box beside IP Address, enter the IP

address using the virtual keyboard and touch OK to confirm.

3 After each switch selection, touch Save and then Next to go to the next

dialog.

10.18 Making data corrections (Internal / Data correction)

This lets you adjust daily values for any of the previous days, or change daily

totals.

To make a data correction:

Select Config./Internal/Data correction from the menu.

The data correction dialog box opens:

Dialog boxes

Date

Enter the date for which the data are to be adjusted.

Day value

The day value must correspond to the power meter reading, i.e. the real

value for that day.

Procedure

1 For Date enter the desired date in the format "DD.MM.YY" using the virtual

keyboard and confirm with OK.

2 Enter the correction value for the day in kWh using the virtual keyboard

and confirm with OK.

Page 351: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the system internal settings (Internal / System)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 351 of 374

The value must correspond to the power meter reading, i.e. the real value

for that day.

3 Touch Save.

10.19 Configuring the system internal settings (Internal / System)

The internal settings of the device can be configured through a series of dialog

boxes.

Setting the display brightness

Setting access protection for the menus

Displaying the serial and license number

Delete data

To configure the internal settings:

1 Select Config./Internal/System from the menu.

A dialog box opens for setting the brightness on the display.

2 Touch Next to jump to the desired dialog.

Setting the display brightness

Dialog boxes

Switch on at … hr, Switch off at … hr

The display brightness can be limited to a certain period. If the display is

touched, the screen lights up again.

Dim 50% after … min, Dim 100% after … min

The display brightness can be dimmed by 50% and/or 100% after a certain

period. If the display is touched, the screen lights up again completely.

Dialog slide show after … min

After the selected time, the display shows "Overview graph – Daily graph –

Monthly graph – Yearly graph – Overall graph – Large display graph" at 15

second intervals.

Procedure

1 Enable the desired options (see above list).

2 Touch the desired input boxes for Hour and Minute.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

Page 352: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the system internal settings (Internal / System)

352 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

3 Enter the desired times and confirm with OK.

4 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog if required.

Setting access protection for the menus

Access to the menu items can be protected by a PIN code (up to 8 digits). The

protected menu can be accessed from the initial screen (or menu items from

an unprotected menu) only after the correct PIN code is entered when asked

for.

Dialog boxes

Pin Code, Repeat

These input boxes are used to enter and confirm a PIN code to block

access to the selected menu items.

Diagnosis, Configuration, USB

Access to all or some of these menus can be protected by the PIN code.

Procedure

1 Tick all the menus which are to have access protection.

2 Touch the input box for Pin Code.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

3 Enter the PIN code (up to 8 digits) and confirm with OK.

4 To confirm the PIN code, touch Repeat.

The virtual keyboard is displayed.

5 Enter the PIN code (up to 8 digits) and confirm with OK.

6 Touch Save and then Next to go to the next dialog if required.

Note

If there was an error in the PIN code confirmation (in the Repeat box), an

error message is displayed when exiting this dialog box and the PIN code

remains unchanged.

Page 353: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Configuring the system internal settings (Internal / System)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 353 of 374

Displaying the serial and license number

Dialog boxes

Serial number, license key

Display fields: These show the Solar Log™ serial number and license key

if applicable. These values cannot be changed.

Delete data

Note

Before carrying out any of the following delete options, we recommend making

a data backup either at the PC (Page 257) or on a USB stick at the device

(see user manual), so that the data can be restored if necessary.

Dialog boxes

Initialize yield data

This button deletes all the yield data.

Initialize inverter configuration

This button deletes all inverter configuration data.

Restore factory settings

Restoring the factory settings is necessary if Solar Log1000

is to be used in

another system or if a faulty configuration is to be deleted. All settings

made on the unit are lost, as well as all data collected during run-time

(Page 363).

Page 354: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Updating firmware automatically or manually (Internal / Firmware)

354 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Procedure

1 Touch the desired delete option (see above list).

You are prompted for confirmation, with a warning that all data will be

lost:

2 To delete all the data touch Yes - Save,

to cancel the delete operation, touch No - Cancel.

If the delete is confirmed, the device is restarted.

10.20 Updating firmware automatically or manually (Internal / Firmware)

To download firmware updates, the Solar Log1000

must be connected to the

Internet.

Before every firmware update, please make a data backup.

To configure the settings for firmware updates:

Select Config./Internal/Firmware from the menu.

A dialog box opens for configuring the firmware updates.

Dialog boxes

Automatic update from the Internet

If this option is enabled, Solar Log1000

is updated automatically, if new

firmware is available from Solare Datensysteme GmbH. To complete the

update, Solar Log1000

restarts after downloading the firmware.

Also by analog and GPRS modem

If this option is enabled, the firmware is also updated automatically through

the modem connection. If you wish to avoid the higher connection costs,

leave this option switched off.

Current firmware

Page 355: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Selecting a display language (System / Language settings)

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 355 of 374

Display field: For information, this field shows the firmware version

currently installed on the device, along with the firmware date.

Check for new firmware now

Use this button to search for new firmware immediately.

Procedure

1 Touch the desired delete option(s) (see above list).

2 Touch Save.

3 To start searching for firmware updates immediately, touch

Check for new firmware now.

A status window opens.

If a new firmware version is found, the corresponding information is

displayed, and the firmware is downloaded and installed automatically; the

device is then restarted.

Note

After restarting, installation of the firmware can take up to 15 minutes to

complete. Do not switch off the device during this time!

10.21 Selecting a display language (System / Language settings)

The selected display language applies both to the display and the web

browser.

To set the display language:

1 Select Config./Internal/Language settings from the menu.

A dialog box opens for setting the display language.

2 Touch the desired language.

Page 356: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Solar Log1000: Configuration at the unit

Country settings (Internal / Country setting)

356 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Solar Log1000

changes back to the initial screen, which is now

displayed in the selected language.

10.22 Country settings (Internal / Country setting)

The country settings set the currency, date format and time format

(independently of the language setting).

To configure the country settings:

1 Select Config./Internal/Country settings from the menu.

A list of countries is displayed for selection:

2 Select the desired country

3 Touch Select to save the country setting.

Page 357: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Fault indications on the device LEDs

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 357 of 374

11 Faults

11.1 Fault indications on the device LEDs

System malfunctions

LED 1 LED 2 LED E Meaning and possible remedy

quickly quickly off For 5 min. during initialization: Error!

Pull out power plug and plug in

again.

illuminate

d

slow slow Failed to read the time from the Internet:

Set time manually

Check Internet access

off slow slow Configuration invalid or not readable:

Check interface

Check cable

Restore factory settings;

Page 364

lit Only for Fronius-inverters:

No data communication!

Wait for inverter feed-in

Check wiring

Check that power is present at the

interface converter

quickly System has signaled a fault.

Fault message

Solar Log1000

: Check on the

touchscreen in the

"Diagnosis/messages" dialog

blinking When a I/O Box is installed with analog set

points, this blinking indicates an invalid or

missing input signal.

If the P LED is blinking, this indicates that the inverter is being controlled (power

reduction) by the feed-in power management.

Page 358: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Fault messages

358 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

11.2 Fault messages

Status codes for export test transmission

Err.

no.

Message Meaning Remedy

Error when setting up the test connection or logging onto the server

101 DNS error

Type of Internet access

set to "None".

An DNS server must be

entered.

There is no connection

to the network.

Set correct access type.

Enter correct DNS.

Check cables and

plugs.

102 Cannot open socket. Internal error Prepare configuration

and data backup

and contact Support

103 Cannot connect

socket

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

The server is

overloaded.

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

Try again later.

104 No answer from the

server.

There is a fault on the

FTP server.

Try again later.

Restart the FTP server.

105 Wrong response from

the server.

The FTP server used is

not supported

or is not configured

correctly.

Use another FTP server

or

Configuration

106 User / password

incorrect.

The user name of

password to

access the FTP was

entered incorrectly.

Check spelling.

107 Wrong directory. An incorrect directory

was set for the

transmission.

Check spelling.

Error when transferring the backup.

108 Unable to send the

file

Error when transferring data without losing the test connection.

111 Error in remote file

name

This is an internal error. Contact support.

112 Error when setting the

representation type.

The FTP server used is

not supported or not

configured properly.

Use another FTP server

or check the

configuration.

Page 359: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Fault messages

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 359 of 374

Err.

no.

Message Meaning Remedy

113 Error when setting the

passive mode.

The FTP server used is

not supported or not

configured properly.

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

The Internet connection

has been disrupted.

Use another FTP server

or

Configuration

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

Check the Internet

connection.

114 Socket could not be

opened.

Internal error Prepare configuration

and data backup

and contact Support

115 IP address could not

be changed.

Internal error Contact support.

116 Socket could not be

connected.

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

The server is

overloaded.

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

Try again later.

117 Unknown error

118 STOR failed. There is a fault on the

FTP server.

Try again later.

Restart the server.

Check free memory

space on the server.

119 File could not be

opened.

Internal error Contact support.

120 Time exceeded, no

answer

The server is

overloaded.

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

Try again later.

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

121 Time exceeded,

transmission error

The server is

overloaded.

The Internet connection

has been disrupted.

Try again later.

Check the Internet

connection.

122 No answer

123 Transmission failed. There is a fault on the

FTP server.

Try again later.

Restart the server.

Check free memory

space on the server.

124 Incorrect number of

bytes transferred.

The server is

overloaded.

The Internet connection

has been disrupted.

Try again later.

Check the Internet

connection.

Page 360: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Fault messages

360 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Err.

no.

Message Meaning Remedy

Error when transferring data and test connection lost.

The probable cause is the loss of the test connection. This can occur when the

Internet connection is disrupted or when the maximum FTP connection length is

exceeded.

131 Error in remote file

name

This is an internal error. Contact support.

132 Error when setting the

representation type.

The FTP server used is

not supported or not

configured properly.

Use another FTP server

or check the

configuration.

133 Error when setting the

passive mode.

The FTP server used is

not supported or not

configured properly.

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

The Internet connection

has been disrupted.

Use another FTP server

or

Configuration

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

Check the Internet

connection.

134 Socket could not be

opened.

Internal error Prepare configuration

and data backup

and contact Support

135 IP address could not

be changed.

Internal error Contact support.

136 Socket could not be

connected.

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

The server is

overloaded.

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

Try again later.

137 Unknown error

138 STOR failed. There is a fault on the

FTP server.

Try again later.

Restart the server.

Check free memory

space on the server.

139 File could not be

opened.

Internal error Contact support.

140 Time exceeded, no

answer

The server is

overloaded.

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

Try again later.

Set appropriate

approvals in the

firewall.

141 Time exceeded,

transmission error

The server is

overloaded.

The Internet connection

has been disrupted.

Try again later.

Check the Internet

connection.

142 No answer

Page 361: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Fault messages

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 361 of 374

Err.

no.

Message Meaning Remedy

143 Transmission error There is a fault on the

FTP server.

Try again later.

Restart the server.

Check free memory

space on the server.

144 Incorrect number of

bytes transferred.

The server is

overloaded.

The Internet connection

has been disrupted.

Try again later.

Check the Internet

connection.

Fault on the server

150 Error when renaming

the remote file

Simultaneous access

attempt

Terminate other

connections to the FTP

server.

199 Last transmission

attempt failed but no

known error.

Internal error Contact support.

Error when preparing the data in the internal memory.

200 Error when creating

files

Internal error Contact support.

Page 362: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Inverter fault messages

362 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

E-mail transmission status codes

Err.

No.

Message Meaning Remedy

1 Unable to resolve IP

address of SMTP

server

Type of Internet access

set to "None".

An DNS server must be

entered.

There is no connection

to the network.

Set correct access type.

Enter correct DNS.

Check cables and plugs.

2 User name or

password incorrect, or

not accepted

Check spelling

3 SMTP server not

responding

The connection is

disrupted by a firewall.

The server is

overloaded.

Set appropriate

approvals in the firewall.

Try again later.

Prepare configuration

and data backup

and contact Support

98 Previous transmission

failed

The Solar LogTM

could

not send older e-mails.

Carry out a test e-mail

dispatch and analyse the

error message

displayed.

99 Unknown error Internal error Contact support.

11.3 Inverter fault messages

Solar Log™ sends three types of fault message

Inverter status and fault messages

Inverter failure messages

Messages concerning fall in output from individual inverters or strings

(for multi-string inverters)

Page 363: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Restarting and resetting

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 363 of 374

11.4 Restarting and resetting

A restart is necessary if Solar Log™ is no longer responding to inputs from

control buttons or from the PC.

All settings made on the unit are maintained, as well as all data collected

during run-time.

Note

If the IP address is changed, Solar Log™restarts automatically when the new

address is saved.

Restoring the factory settings is necessary if Solar Log™ is to be used on

another system or if a an incorrect configuration is being deleted.

All settings made on the unit are lost, as well as all data collected during run-

time. It is therefore advisable to back up the data before resetting; Page 286.

Status after restoring factory settings

Time Retained

IP address Retained

Passwords Deleted

Configuration data Deleted

Yield date Deleted

Reset buttons

Effects of reset button:

Device is restarted (reset)

Factory settings are restored

The reset button is located on the top of the housing.

If the cover is in place, it must be removed to allow access to the reset button;

Figure 14:

Pull the cover forward to remove.

Figure 14 : Reset buttons

Restarting

Press the reset button for a long period, e.g. with a straightened paper clip

LED 1 goes out to confirm that the reset button has been pressed.

After about 5 seconds, LED 1 is lit again.

Page 364: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Faults

Restarting and resetting

364 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

If the button is released at this point, the Solar-Log™ restarts.

Under no circumstances should the power plug simply be disconnected.

Do not restart by pulling out the power plug!

Restoring the factory settings

Press and hold the reset button, e.g. with the tip of a pen.

LED 1 goes out to confirm that the reset button has been pressed.

After about 5 seconds, LED 1 is lit again.

After about 20 seconds, LED 1 and LED 2 start to flash and the device

is initialized (LEDs, Page 217).

Release the reset button.

After the reset button is released, it is still possible to stop the reset to factory

settings:

Press the reset button again within the first 5 seconds of the

initialization phase.

Page 365: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Disposal

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 365 of 374

12 Disposal

Caution

Solar-Log™ contains electronic components that can release highly toxic substances if

burned or disposed of along with domestic waste.

Make sure you dispose of the Solar LogTM

as electronic scrap in the

recycling center.

Page 366: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Technical Data

366 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

13 Technical Data

Solar Log200

Solar Log500

Solar Log1000

Inverter communication

max. number of inverters 1 10 100

Communication interface 1 × RS485/RS422 1 × RS485/RS422 1 × RS485,

1 × RS485/RS422

Mixed inverter operation - - +

recommended max. plant

size

15 kWp 50 kWp 1 MWp

max. cable length max. 600 m1 600 m max. 600 m max.

integrated WLAN

(Solar Log™ WiFi)

+ + +

Bluetooth

(Solar Log™ BT)

optional,

int. antenna

optional,

int. antenna

optional,

int. antenna

GPRS

(Solar Log1000

GPRS)

- - optional,

external antenna

Power Management

(Solar Log1000

PM+)

- - +

SCB connection - - +

Plant monitoring

String monitoring

(depending on inverter

type)

+ + +

Inverter failure + + +

Power monitoring per

inverter

- + +

Status and fault monitoring + + +

Sensor system connection

(irradiation/2 × temp./

wind)

- - +

Digital power meter

connection (S0 in)

+ + +

Email and text message

(SMS) alert

+ + +

Local alarm (potential-free

contact)

- - +

Yield forecast + + +

Degradation calculation + + +

1 Depending on the cable used. Use shielded data cable.

Page 367: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Technical Data

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 367 of 374

Solar Log200

Solar Log500

Solar Log1000

Visualization

Integrated web server + + +

Graphic display -

local PC

+ + +

Graphic display -

USB

- - +

Graphic display - Internet + + +

LED status display + + +

Display on the unit - 2 line

matrix display

Graphic display

Controls on the unit - Keypad Touchscreen

Large display

RS485/S0-out

- / - + / + + / +

Interfaces

Ethernet network + + +

USB interface - - +

Analog / GPRS (GSM)

modem

- - +

Potential-free contact

(relay)

- - +

Alarm contact - - +

General Data

Input / Output voltage 220 V / 12 V

Power consumption 3 W

Ambient temperature -10 °C to +50 °C

Housing / dimensions

(W × D × H) in cm Plastic / 2.5 × 4 × 28.5

Mounting Wall mounted

Protection class IP 20 (indoor use only)

Connection to

Solar Log™ WEB

+ + +

Multiple languages DE, EN, ES, FR, IT, NL, DK

Memory, Micro SD card,

2 GB, endless data

logging

+ + +

Warranty 5 years

S0 interface

Umax 27 V DC

Imax 27mA DC

Standard DIN EN 43864

Page 368: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Appendix

368 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Appendix

Internet ports

If the Solar Log™ is connected to the Internet via a router, you must ensure that the following

ports on the router have been unblocked for the Solar Log™:

Port 21 TCP FTP data transfer (passive mode)

Port 25 TCP SMTP sending e-mail

Port 53 UDP/TCP DNS name resolution (separate DNS possible)

Port 80 TCP HTTP Web server

Port 123 UDP NTP Time server

SMA mixed wiring

Figure 15: SMA mixed wiring

Page 369: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Appendix

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 369 of 374

Interconnection of Kaco Powador inverters

Figure 16: Interconnection of Kaco Powador inverters

Instructions for Powador 6400xi and 8000xi

Interconnection of Powador 6400Xi and 8000xi:

Set 1 inverter as "Master", 2 as "Slaves";

Read the labeling on the inverter circuit board!

Clamp the Solar Log™ data cable to the "LOGGER" terminal strip on the

Master inverter

Also connect the inverters to each other through the "SYM" terminal strip

Connect any additional inverters through the "Logger" terminal strip

On the inverter operating display:

Set the communication addresses, numbering consecutively

On the inverter operating display: Switch "SYM Bus" to active

Powador 6400Xi and 8000xi stand-alone mode:

Set the inverter to "Slave", irrespective of labeling on the circuit board

Clamp the Solar Log™ data cable to the "SYM Bus" terminal strip

On the inverter operating display: Switch "SYM Bus" to

inactive

On the inverter operating display:

Set the communication addresses, numbering consecutively

Page 370: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Appendix

370 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

Homepage Service

Solar Log™ lets you store system data on the Internet. This means that it can

be queried through any Internet connection, and also allows you to make a

presentation of the system for friends and anyone else interested in solar

systems.

Solar Log™ WEB "Commercial Edition"

For private system owners who would like to have an installer assist with the

monitoring and maintenance of the system. In addition to the basic functions,

there are many extended functions available e.g. remote configuration of Solar

Log™, central monitoring of fault messages from multiple systems through a

simple traffic light indicators or by sending fault messages by text message

(SMS).

Up to four e-mail addresses can be set up for sending yield and fault

messages.

Monitoring solutions are also offered when a maintenance contract is signed.

Registration for Solar Log™ WEB "Full Service" is provided only by the

installer.

The other services such as maintenance and remote configuration are

included with the Full Service option.

Solar Log™ WEB "Full Service"

Anyone wishing to monitor their own system will find here all the basic

functions necessary for monitoring over the Internet, including an event log

and daily yield and fault messages to an e-mail address free of charge.

This new offer is intended for technically proficient operators and allows data

and older records to be imported from "Classic 1st Edition".

The service is free of charge up to a system size of 30 kWp, but a charge is

made for systems above 30 kWp. The first month is free.

Solar Log™ WEB "Self Made"

The no-cost solution for private system owners who are able to create and set

up their own homepage. It provides the most important basic functions such

as a clear event log, overview of yield per kWp installed or calculation and

display of the amount of C02 emissions avoided. It also allows power output

comparison between individual inverters and strings, as well as connection to

Solar-Log™ MOBILE for iPhones.

To use this, you will need to have a homepage available. Internet service

providers usually provide a homepage free of charge.

The following is a summary of the things you will need in order to be able to

set up a Solar Log™ Self Made homepage:

A homepage

It must be possible to write to the homepage by FTP protocol

The Solar Log™ Homepage kit

Configuration on Solar Log™ (export)

Notification by text message (SMS) is also possible in the event of problems in

the system. You will find a detailed description of our Self Made solution on

our homepage.

Solar Log™ WEB "Classic 1st Edition"

Page 371: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

Appendix

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 371 of 374

For operators of existing systems and users of our previous Internet software,

we will continue to provide the familiar Solar Log™ "Home Edition" until further

notice.

Automatic notification by e-mail and text message (SMS)

An important feature of Solar Log™ is the automatic messages that can be

sent by e-mail or text message (SMS).

The following messages are available:

Inverter failure message

Power monitoring fault message

Status / fault code monitoring message

Alarm message due to alarm contact

Yield overview

The text content appears differently depending on whether the message is in

e-mail or text message (SMS) format.

Page 372: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

List of figures

372 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

List of figures

Figure 1: Solar Log™ wall mounting .................................................................................. 10

Figure 2: Connections to the bottom side of Solar Log200, 500

............................................. 12

Figure 3: S0 connection on the top of theSolar Log500

....................................................... 12

Figure 4: Bottom Connections Solar Log1000

...................................................................... 13

Figure 5: Connections to the top of the Solar Log1000

......................................................... 13

Figure 6: Insertion slot for SIM card inside on the right (Solar Log1000

GPRS) ................... 14

Figure 7: Antenna connection on the top of the unit (Solar Log1000

PM+ GPRS) ............... 14

Figure 8: 6 pin terminal block connector – for connecting the first inverter ......................... 17

Figure 9: Additional terminal block connectors (Solar Log1000

) ........................................... 17

Figure 10: Control board before and after installation of the piggyback ............................... 21

Figure 11: Piggyback - insert jumper .................................................................................... 22

Figure 12: LED status display ............................................................................................. 217

Figure 13: LED status display ............................................................................................. 219

Figure 14 : Reset buttons .................................................................................................... 363

Figure 15: SMA mixed wiring .............................................................................................. 368

Figure 16: Interconnection of Kaco Powador inverters ....................................................... 369

Page 373: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

List of figures

Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation 373 of 374

Accessories 17

Connection top Fehler! Ungültige Textmarke in einem

Eintrag auf der Seite 12

Connections bottom Fehler! Ungültige Textmarke in einem

Eintrag auf der Seite 12

Display malfunction 218, 219

normal operation 218, 219

Factory settings 363 GPRS 224, 225 Information

Firmware 220

Number of Inverters 220

Plant size 220

Serial number 220

Javascript 220 LED

1, 2 219

E 218, 219

P 217, 219

Mixed mode 20 Mounting 10 Package contents 9 Piggyback

mixed mode 20

Powador 8000xi Instructions 369

Reset buttons 363 Restarting 363 Restoring the factory settings 364 RS422

only Solar Log1000 13

RS485/422 B connection assignments 15 System malfunctions

LEDs 357

Terminal block connectors 17

Page 374: Installation manual - Ecosist information Target group for this manual Solar Log1000/500/200 Installation 7 of 374 1 Safety information In order to protect people, the product itself,

List of figures

374 of 374 Solar Log1000/500/200

Installation

The copyright of these instructions remains with the manufacturer. No part of

these instructions may be may be reproduced in any form or processed,

duplicated or distributed using electronic systems without the written consent

of Solare Datensysteme GmbH.

Non-compliance resulting in contradiction of the above-mentioned

specifications shall result in obligation to provide compensation for damages.

All brands and trademarks contained in this manual are the sole property of

the respective manufacturer, which we respect and recognize herewith.

Solare Datensysteme GmbH

Fuhrmannstraße 9

72351 Geislingen-Binsdorf

Germany

www.solar-log.com

Version: June 2013 – 3.9.5